= -., ath Oe" Way ee At ee ~ utah ve abate nik. weed E eG wt i SAY 9 Tee Woaite cs cy vd ray Te $ ‘ as ma He SSA EC : re \ MRE COV ae ata yale dalek data tly yare Ms ee ULAR RINNE A AN SA TERARG ER 08 tee i 4 +: “tae ene! ua 4a Pet Bee Nhs , z AfQ4 toy oy : Ye AD vrata: rani Wag Wearecena Sanat seat at sty ol A SN ste {3 Ase ee kh) eae + Ye Wy 4. if WE MA a ae teas eon a re Na) 49 i Nea ; whey ry Sig fh cate kat aA we Vee YY ah dy) us iy . ALN 4 asd argh Whe’ $9 sated hitiny aig heated NSE Deh seared Qa Owed ree Phu KY DT te Vay | DAG mae A Deu wn 4 y ita ee 4 h fot , : i} alata Ver . BA aN re Mita dle { Piet ee ry } ‘ 1 \ at y Me p \ AY ih ° Ne , : i i; ‘ i alie , saat ‘ i yh I OHV ay Certs me ity navy A AY ; HA Kee ht oh hlty DA) ’ Weg RA an Jeni ae We le, i Oe yeas i ka wav iM ni i a ; ' Nee rata ta ; My ot , rie BY as at i ahs ME ROMAIN eal PARAS RNR UBC AM AR CALS Ace ttn : ‘ iy r v . Wa + ( 1A) DDK I § tt ts, edits They 4 / aN r ' 7 ‘ iy ‘ Aart ADA ah ey neu aw i a 4 t Cheney bh Raia ey r in, 1749 ty t 4 A) Vetta 7 AUR REO ! ve Le A cH Wey ; irks PUFA OG Ae Wiest nis hee ah a 9's. % - , ao wali cay Get sh ur ai? Cry "i yy a! a+ Nantes i Vs Sateanicel y vy 4 Ue Gee a MeCN EM WH MAC AOS ( gay Ree Cy eel VIED Ges aa ot ite Nahe ute EAA WAC id i ‘ wit APA * rk 1's vi x 1] “ rE y We nh a th pas Ons ng % A) 4 Ma Vieni Cys ve iene ae girth ie ‘A Vi a Bh ae Hs Ty, ae tin Cy ae \" 4 yy » ae Vee BESTA rh v “a a) MMS hit a 4 we a aN nn “ v any eae t Ne ay iS) 2 Ss a! \ ad Career rh APM oy tee 2: ae aoe pete 4 Viegas WA GA % a diag Sea an » RL WNC RT A 4 Wet Wit Wb ae CO i ts { Woe 8 4 (i ww Avg Ly) AN ws me Ceres 14 Mate AAS dA Suh at he anes ¥ MA Cee ed tol wk k ag : 4 a Ay a A CP Bal i ‘ 5 een haa hi ih) aA ae a ae K re Oo ay athe 4 ae « Ay ae) Hw Syatetatea ae! ba 2 ig A iy en te ae a ! one ey, CORAL or win eae gsi ed iM ei EEN RRP RANA ED 4 r Wa WVasdbrardaaat % Tani We WK pate waaay relate Cena art jared i‘ ¥ WW er cv A a a ie + 444 ON AMOS (| i y iy iid 4) : a ‘tl vil ni pew aie a: my 7 "ee Ay)‘ Cua We i UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS ZOOLOGY WILLIAM EMERSON RITTER AND CHARLES ATWOOD KOFOID EDITORS VOLUME 7 WITH 12 PLATES UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PRESS OL BERKELEY 1910-1912 3 <) C336 CONTENTS PAGE 1. Two new Owls from Arizona, with Description of the Juvenal Plumage of Strix occidentalis occidentalis (Xantus), by UDI TSY CSV UT bias 2s cnet eee eae wee SPs en eee ga ae 1-8 2. Birds and Mammals of the 1909 Alexander Alaska Expedi- tion, by Harry 8. Swarth. With 6 plates and 3 figures in LICE DC] Pace scenes sae tee ate SEE pe eS ene ee ase aee 9-172 3. An apparent Hybrid in the Genus Dendroica, by Walter P. HIDES AOU ~ a e E e 173-177 4, The Linnet of the Hawaiian Islands, a Problem in Speciation, BO ygerred(@ See po nese Cxcreuamnta lS Pe sates ec eve eee set casa Soe ea eres Mees 179-195 5. The Modesto Song Sparrow, by Joseph Grinnell .....................- 197-199 6. Two new Species of Marmots from Northwestern America, Lay ABER ET AY TSU, TSN AVN COU eee aerate ees Coe eae ea nee Per Oe are 201-204 7. Mammals of the Alexander Nevada Expedition of 1909, by WallrentinRaylors | Wathe2tounestimytextes sss. eee B00 -OUif 8. Description of a new Spotted Towhee from the Great Basin, | oyyressscl IN ves a C=C a aN(2) UL Rae eee ese eee mt tne eee ae Pee eee Bory eee nL ee 309-311 9. Description of a new Hairy Woodpecker from Southeastern PAUL EUS sepa yp CEL ARTT Yo ie NSWWEDT UL eo esece eek eee ree eee eee Sees 313-318 10. Fieid Notes on Amphibians, Reptiles, and Birds of Northern Humboldt County, Nevada, by Walter P. Taylor. With 6 YOY 6S) ee ae er a - o EE e 319-436 UIT 6 = eee Re ee PN Oe 437-446 UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS Note.—The University of California Publications are offered in exthatise for the publi- cations of learned societies and institutions, universities and libraries. Complete lists of all the publications of the University will be sent upon request. For sample copies, lists of publications or other information, address the Manager of the University Press, Berkeley, ‘California, U. 8. A. All matter sent in exchange should be addressed to The Exchange Department, University Library, Berkeley, California, U. 8. A... . OTTO HARRASSOWITZ uy R. FRIEDLAENDER & SOHN LEIPZIG ; BERLIN | Agent for the series im American Arch- Pe for the series in American Rech aeology and Ethnology, Classical Philology, » aeology and Ethnology, Botany, Geology, — Education, Modern Philology, Philosophy. © ce Aton y Physiology, Zoology. ZOOLOGY.—W, E. Ritter and C. A. Kofoid, Editors. Price per volume $3.50. Commence: _ ing with Volume II, this series contains Contributions from the Labora- > tory of the Marine Biological Association: OF San Diego. e2 Cited as Univ. Calif, Publ. Zool; : Vol. 1.1. The Hydroida of the Pacific Coast of North America, : by Harry Beal Torrey. Pp, 1-104; plates 1-11: November, 1902... 0000. $1.00 2. A Case of Physiological Polarization in the Ascidian Heart, by Frank W. Bancroft and C. 0. Esterly. Pp. 105-114. April, 1903.02.02... Sion 1) 8. Embryology and Embryonic Fission in the’ Genus Crisia, by Alice Robertson. Pp. 115-156, plates 12-15, June, 1903....02-.0 Sh POEs? 4, Correlated Protective Devices in ‘some California Balaseuiors, by Marion EK. Hubbard... Pp. 157-170, plate 16.. November, 1903.-...... — ee 5. Studies on the Ecology, Morphology and Speciology of the Young of some Enteropneusta of Western North America, by William EH. Ritter and B. M. Davis. Pp. 171-210, plates 17-19. February, 1904..............50 G. Regeneration and Non-Sexual Reproduction in Sagartia davisi, by ~.- umd Beal Torrey and Janet Ruth Mery. Pp. 211-226, 7 texte ASUS IM AY | POOR ee eS aaa tes oa peas eee 15 7. The Structure and Regeneration of the Poison Glands of Plethodon; by G.O. Esterly: Pp. 227-268, plates 20-23. June, 1904.....002-..- 2.0. 1.00 Ng 8. The Distribution of the Sense-organs in Microscolex ieaans, by John F. Bovard. Pp. 268-286, plates 24-25, December, 1904.22.20... 50 9. Some New Tintinnidae from the Plankton of the San Diego Region, by Charles A. Kofoid. Pp, 287-306, plates 26-28. duly, 1905-.....:... +20 , Index, pp. 307-317. Vol. 2. (Contributions from the Laboratory of the Marine Biological Association of San Diego.) Introduction. -A General Statement of the Ideas and the Present. Aims and Status of the Marine Biological Association of San Diego, by William E. Ritter, Director of the Station, Pp. i-xvii. 2 Maps (25 1. The Hydroids of the. San Diego Region, by Harry. Beal Torrey. Pp. 1-43. -22 text figures: December, 1904. 2..The Ctenophores of the San Diego Region, a) Harry Beal Torrey, Pp. 45-51, plate 1. December, 1904. .. Nos. 1 and 2 in one COVER ea eo ear et ens oe 3, The Pelagic Tunicata of the San Diego Region, excepting the Laryacea, by William’ E, Ritter. Pp. 61-112, plates 2-3. 31 text-figures. Jan- tht na paisa Ao | ster aria eB pA Oe asics Sib MSTERER SA eAyT He aNeL SRAM asin yess Senet me 65 4. The Pelagic Copepoda of the San:Diego Region, by C. 0, Esterly. Pp. 113-233, 62 text figures: “September,: 1905.2... se cence gene 1,25 5. The Non-encrusting Chilostomatous Bryozoa of the West Coast of North America, by Alice Robertson... Pp. 235-322, plates 4-16. December, : pe BO ee enact eae seen ERLE a hate ach co aanwae obs Sbpies MOM DEp He Seseeb aans ba sadeenavest aicauara si : 6. Differentiation in Hydroid Colonies and the Problem of Senescence, by Harry Beal Torrey, Pp. 232-332, 4 text-figures. December, 1905. . 7. The Behavior of Corymorpha, by Harry Beal Torrey. . Pp. 333-340, 5 text-figures. INOS, s67-BNA 7 ONS COVOR es sats oalecags Savane aatanie ange cegtegysctnetonakigeblenylase 2.25 8. Dinofiagellata of the San Diego Region. I. On Heterodinium, a New Genus of the Peridinidae, by Charles Atwood Kofoid. Pp. 341-368, phates 17-10. Wanuaty, 1906 42 ok peo ea hain enteens cadioeea 26 Index, pp. 369-382, * Supply limited; sold only with complete volumes, aie fe # UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS IN ZOOLOGY Vol. 7, No. 1, pp. 1-8 May 26, 1910 TWO NEW OWLS FROM ARIZONA WITH DESCRIPTION OF THE JUVENAL PLUMAGE OF STRIX OCCIDENTALIS OCCIDENTALIS (XANTUS) BY HARRY 8S. SWARTH. (Contribution from the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology of the University of California.) I first collected typical specimens of these two subspecies some years ago, but at the time refrained from designating them by name, although I appreciated the differences between these forms and their nearest allies. My hesitation was due mainly to a lack of sufficient material for comparison, and a consequent uncertainty as to the seasonal changes in plumage. Of the Arizona spotted owl I have been able to obtain but the one specimen, and the fragments of a dead bird found near a canon stream. The examination at different times of a number of California specimens of the spotted owl (at least six besides the ones listed herewith), has failed to reveal a type of plumage approaching this new subspecies. The differences distinguishing the sereech owls, though difficult to describe, are clearly apparent upon comparison of specimens, and individuals from the two designated regions appear to be constantly different. Otus asio gilmani, new subspecies. SAHUARA SCREECH OWL. Typr.—Female adult; no. 10651, Univ. Calif. Mus. Vert. Zool.; Blackwater, Pinal County, Arizona; March 29, 1908; col- lected by M. French Gilman; orig. no. 153. 2 University of California Publications in Zoology. |Vou.7 CHARACTERS.—Most like Otus asio cineraceus (Ridgway), from which it differs chiefly in slightly smaller size, paler color- ation and greater restriction of dark markings. Above pale ashy, darkest on crown, each feather faintly vermiculated with dusky, and with a narrow dark median stripe. Underparts somewhat darker, but still with dark markings much restricted. Legs and toes white, sparsely marked with dusky. RemarKks.—The plumage of owls is notoriously difficult to describe in set terms, and the present form is no exception to the general rule. However, although the differences distin- culshing gilmani from cineraceus are not easy to translate into words, they are none the less clearly apparent upon the com- parison of specimens. I recognized these distinctions some years ago (Swarth, 1904, p. 8), but hesitated to name the new race, mainly through lack of material. Since that time, whenever I have had an opportunity of handling sereech owls from Arizona, I have tested the supposed characters, and found no difficulty in distinguishing the races. Gilmani has a peculiar earthy cast to the gray of the dorsum and wings which is quite different from the clear gray upper parts of cineraceus, and this alone is sufficient to distinguish the two forms. The latter is heavily marked and blotched with black, so much so as to give it a strik- ing general resemblance to O. trichopsis, occurring in the same region in Arizona. Although the two subspecies are found in about the same region geographically (in part at least), they occupy different: life zones, cineraceus being a bird of the upper Sonoran and lower Transition, while gilmani is purely lower Sonoran in its distribution. A somewhat parallel case appears to exist in Colo- rado, as illustrated by Otus a. maxrwelliae and O. a. aikeni, also inhabiting different life zones. Gilmani is a common resident of the giant cactus country, valleys and mesas which are subject to extremes of heat and aridity, while cineraceus is at home along the shaded cafion streams and on densely timbered hillsides, regions so entirely different faunally that I cannot now recall a single bird common to both places during the breeding season. I have seen examples of gilmani from the Santa Cruz valley near Tueson, from Blackwater, from Fort Mojave, and from 1910 | Swarth: Two New Owls from Arizona. 3 Yuma; of cineraceus from the Huachuea and the Chiricahua mountains. Though several names have been applied to the Arizona sereech owls at different times, there is none available for this subspecies. First me’calli and later trichopsis were used for all the screech owls of the Otus asio group that were found in the region, both properly belonging to quite different races. Then later the discovery of true Otus trichopsis (Wagler) in southern Arizona further complheated matters, while the determination of just what was the species trichopsis left the common screech owl of this region without a name, a want supplied in part by Mr. Ridgway (1895, p. 390). In response to a request for informa- tion regarding the type locality of cineraceus (which is not indicated in the above-mentioned paper), Mr. Ridgway kindly sent me as a topotype a specimen collected at Fort Huachuea, Arizona, and typical of the form occurring in the higher moun- tains, as are others taken by myself in the same general region. Thus it is the bird of the lowlands that requires naming. The specimen selected as the type of the new race is one of a pair of birds collected at Blackwater by Mr. M. French Gilman, of Saeaton, Arizona, and donated by him to this museum. I wish to express my gratitude to Mr. Ridgway for the loan of the example of O. a. cineraccus referred to above; and also to Mr. V. W. Owen, of Los Angeles, California, for the privilege of examining a series of screech owls from Arizona, including breeding specimens of cineraceus and trichopsis from the Chiri- ecahua Mountains. Strix occidentalis huachucae, new subspecies. ARIZONA SPOTTED OWL. Typr.—Male adult; collection: of G. Frean Morecom (on de- posit in the University of Calfornia Museum of Vertebrate Zoology) ; Huachuea Mountains, Arizona; April 11, 1903. Col- lected by H. S. Swarth; original number 3691. CHARACTERS.—Similar to Strix occidentalis occidentalis (Xantus), but slightly smaller, and conspicuously paler; white markings more extensive and dark areas less deep toned. 4 University of California Publications in Zoology. |Vou.7 DescripTion.—The single example I have of hwachucae is appreciably paler than any of the four adult specimens of occidentalis available for comparison. The facial dises are gray ‘ather than brown, as in the latter, and the brown of the top of the head and upper parts generally is of a hghter shade than in occidentalis, while the white spots on the individual feathers are larger and not so sharply defined. In the exposed portions of the tail the hight markings are almost pure white, and form five sharply defined bars (one of them terminal), across the rectrices; in occidentalis the spots are broken and irregular, seldom reaching to the edge of the feathers. The white spots on the outer webs of the primaries also form broad, well-defined bars, and extend squarely across the vane of the feather, whereas in occidentalis the same spots are much narrower, are usually irregularly triangular in shape, and are of various shades of light brown, white only on the extreme exposed portion. The throat and the median line of the abdomen are pure white. In occidentalis the throat patch is buffy or grayish in color, and there is practically no unmarked area underneath. The tarsus and toes are pure white, sparsely and irregularly flecked with pale brown, while in occidentalis they are so closely barred with dark brown as to appear almost uniformly of that color. The under tail-coverts are pure white, narrowly barred with pale brown, while in the coast form the heavy brown bars are dis- tinctly broader than the white ones, the latter being sometimes broken into two spots. In hwachucae the general tone of the underparts is very much lighter than in occidentalis, as the brown colored parts of the feathers are paler in color and more restricted in area, while the white spots are consequently enlarged. Thus an individual feather on the upper breast of occidentalis is dark brown with one, or maybe two, white spots on it, while a corresponding feather on huachucae would be described as white, crossed by two narrow brown bars, one of them terminal. Remarks.—Although it is unfortunate that but a single ex- ample of the new form is at hand, pertinent material is so ex- tremely difficult to obtain that it does not seem advisable to wait for additional specimens. While it may seem rash to attach a 1910] Swarth: Two New Owls from Arizona. Or name to the variety on the strength of the one specimen, the differences that distinguish this bird from true occidentalis are exactly such as would be expected to occur, reasoning from anal- ogous eases; for instance, they are strictly comparable to those distinguishing Bubo virginianus pallescens from B. v. pacificus of the same general regions. This, too, may serve to bring to light specimens bearing upon the ease, if there are any extant in collections, and thus subject the races to more careful serutiny. Strix occidentalis huachucae differs from true occidentalis about as the latter does from Strix o. caurinus. In other words, the spotted owls from southern California are about interme- diate in color between the very pale Arizona race (huachucae ) and the very dark, northwest coast form (cawrinus), though some- what nearer the latter. The ranges of occidentalis and caurinus, however, undoubtedly blend somewhere about central California, while it is problematical whether either of these forms extends to any point where it might intergrade with the new race. Strix occidentalis hwachucae is possibly quite generally dis- tributed through the higher mountain ranges of Arizona, though the published records of its occurrence are but very few and rather unsatisfactory. Dr. Woodhouse (1853, p. 63) mentioned seeing barred owls in the Indian Territory, Texas, and ‘*‘New Mexico,’’ which of course leaves us uncertain as to what species of owl he saw in his journey and whether he saw it in the range of the species under discussion. Dr. Coues mentions a bird that he saw at Fort Whipple as being possibly of this species (1865, p. 162); but he does not formally include it in the list of birds of the region which he subsequently published. The second known specimen of Syrnium occidentale was re- corded by Ridgway (1874, p. 239), an adult female taken by Captain Bendire near Tucson, November 7, 1872. Later on, Ben- dire published a note referring to a nest and egg found at Whipple Station, nine miles west of Tucson, on April 17, 1872 (1882, p. 99); and in his ‘‘Life Histories of North American Birds’’ (1892, p. 343) speaks of a specimen taken near Whipple Station in the spring of 1872. Whether or not these various accounts all pertain to the same specimen I do not know, but it seems probable. 6 University of California Publications in Zoology. \Vou.7 S. N. Rhoads reported seeing several in June on a rocky hill opposite Tueson (1892, p. 115). This is rather surprising (especially to one who has seen this same rocky hill), when the general habits and the country usually frequented by birds of this genus are taken into consideration. Another record that must be received with caution is that of Jones (1900, p. 14), who includes the species in a list of birds seen at Mellen, Arizona (on the Colorado River), July 5. Neither of these two records rests upon the basis of specimens actually secured, and in each case the locality is far out of the known zonal range of the species. I recorded the spotted owl from the Huachuca Mountains on the basis of one specimen secured and others seen or heard (Pace. Coast Avifauna, no. 4, 1904, p. 8). The one obtained (the basis of the present description) was taken on Sutherland’s ranch, near the mouth of Cave Canon, on the west side of the mountains at an altitude of approximately 5500 feet. Others were ob- served at various points in the range up to about 9000 feet, usually in dense clumps of maples in the creek beds, or in the thickets of quaking aspen. Mr. John Lewis Childs has a set of eggs included in the published list of his collection (1906, p. 81), entered as follows: ‘2 (eggs) Ariz. May.’’ In a letter Mr. Childs informed me that this set was taken in the Huachuca Mountains in May, 1891, by O. Poling. . I was informed by a reliable observer that he had seen the species in the Chiricahua Mountains, so we have at least three authentic points of occurrence in southeastern Arizona, these three places being about equidistant, and approximately one hundred miles apart. Proper environmental conditions for the occurrence of this owl prevail throughout the higher mountains of central Arizona and western New Mexico, as well as in north- ern Mexico, but there is a vast stretch of country across south- western Arizona and southern California which is altogether unsuited to its requirements. If the ranges of occidentalis and huachucae prove to be continuous the point of junction will probably be somewhere in Nevada. Authentie instances of the breeding of Strix occidentalis in California are sufficiently rare to justify the mention in this 1910] Swarth: Two New Owls from Arizona. 7 connection of two young birds in the collection of Mr. G. Frean Moreom (now on deposit in this museum), which were secured by him in Millard Canon, near Pasadena, California, on June 6, 1902. The two birds apparently formed the entire brood, and were accompanied by both parents, who made their escape by flight. The young were able to fly but a very short distance, so, of course, must have been hatched in the immediate vicinity. They are in the juvenal plumage throughout, but for the rectrices and remiges, which have grown out to about two-thirds of their total length. The head and entire body is covered with thick, soft down, much lighter in color than the plumage of the adult. The ground color of the old owl is about Prout’s brown (of Ridgway’s Nomenclature of Colors), while the body plumage of the young is wood brown, and the head is still paler, almost ecru drab. The head is unmarked, while the entire body—baek, breast, and abdomen—is traversed by narrow but distinct bars of shghtly darker brown. The dorsal plumage is tipped with very hght-colored—almost white—filaments, which give the entire upper parts a hoary appearance. The flank feathers are very long, almost covering the toes, are the same color as the rest of the underparts, and are faintly barred with narrow markings of a slightly darker shade. The under tail-coverts are uniform with the flanks and are also faintly barred. Legs and toes are eovered with light-colored down, almost white, and are un- marked. The white spots on the outer webs of the primaries and secondaries are clear and distinet on the exposed portion of the feather, but the covered portion of the same spot is abruptly dark brown, but little paler than the rest of the feather. The rectrices are practically as in the adult, dark brown traversed by narrow bands of a paler shade of brown. In these bands also the extreme ends (the only parts exposed in the closed tail) are almost pure white, so that the general effect is of white bars across the tail. The specimens I have had available for comparison in the present paper are as follows: 8 University of California Publications in Zoology. (Vou. 7 Strix occidentalis occidentalis. Length (before No. Sex Collection of Locality Date skinning) Wing Tail 151 Q J. Grinnell Pasadena Nov. 30,1894 458 323 213 152 ¢ J-Grinnell Pasadena Nov. 30,1894 445 321 197 meek 6 G.F.Moreom SanDiegoCo. Oct. 11, 1885 Sere caiilts! SePAOM/ Ae juv. G. F. Morcom Pasadena June 6, 1902 a oe the mie Perk juv. G.F.Morecom Pasadena June 6, 1902 es ee ee 1674 ¢@ H.S.Swarth Pasadena Oct. 22, 1900 467 328 206 1675 ¢ H.S.Swarth Pasadena Oct. 22, 1900 465 326 212 Strix occidentalis caurinus. 5941 2 Univ. Calif. Mus. Mt. Tamalpais, Vert. Zool. Cal. May 23,1896... 323. 211 Strix occidentalis huachucae. ee fg G.F.Moreom MHuachuea Mts., Ariz. April 11,1903 4382 318 192 LITERATURE CITED. Bendire, C. E. 1882. The Spotted Owl. Ornithologist and Oologist, v. 7, p. 99. 1892. Life Histories of North American Birds. Special Bull. No. 1, U.S. Nat. Mus., pp. i-viui, 1-446. Childs, J. L. 1906. Ornithological Collection of John Lewis Childs, Floral Park, N. Y. Warbler, v. 2, pp. 66-106. Coues, E. 1865. Ornithology of a Prairie Journey, and notes on the Birds of Arizona. Ibis, v. 2, pp. 157-165. Jones, L., and Dawson, W. L. 1900. A Summer Reconnoissance in the West. Wilson Bull., No. 33, pp. 1-39. Rhoads, S. N. 1892. The Birds of Southeastern Texas and Southern Arizona observed during May, June, and July, 1891. Proce. Acad. Nat. Sei., Philadelphia, 1892, pp. 98-126. Ridgway, R. 1874. Two Rare Owls from Arizona. Am. Nat., v. 8, pp. 239-240. 1895. On the Correct Subspecifie Names of the Texas and Mexican Screech Owls. Auk, v. 12, pp. 389-390. Swarth, H. S. 1904. Birds of the Huachuea Mountains, Arizona. Pace. Coast Avi- fauna, No. 4, pp. 1-70. Woodhouse, 8S. W. 1853. Report of an Expedition down the Zuni and Colorado Rivers, by Captain L. Sitgreaves. Birds. By 8. W. Woodhouse, M.D., pp. 58-105. War Dept., Washington. fee Jf UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PIBUEATONE NCE MRAED Vol. 3. 1. Some ‘Observations on the Nervous System of Copepoda, by -C. 0. ; ~ Esterly. Pp, 1-12, plates’ 1-2. January, 1906... eyes) oo (IX)* Ostracoda of the. San Diego Region. 1. Halocypridae, by Chancey Juday, Pp.. 13-38, Plates je ae eput, LOO oa eae 430 Nos, 3 and 4 in one ‘cover. BA Hiei oS RACHA, DN Bete fe Sanat T OME SB cs 15 : 5. (XII) New Copepod Fauna from the Sali Diego Region, be Calvin Olin _Esterly. Pp. 53-92, plates 9-14. ee Aone PRC ON caDSR ip By B33) TA. Diseusston of the Species Characters in Teipésolenia, I. The Nature of Species Characters. II. The Adaptive Significance of Species Characters, III. The Coincident Distribution of. Related Species, ox ges BO By Charles Atwood Kofoid. Pp. 117-126. . Ey. ‘<8, On the Significance of the Asymmetry in Triposolenia, by Charles er oP. Atwood Kofoid. Pp, 127-133: Nos. 6, 7, and 8 in oné-cover. December, phog fee pe Se 35: Cees. “9. CXIV). Ostracoda of the San Diego Region. II. Littoral Fore, by ah ak Chancey Juday. . Pp. 135-156, plates 18-20, oe Be 10. (XV). Cladocera of the San Diego Region, by Chancey Juday. ‘Pp, 157-158, 1 text figure. . Ee. Le Nos, 9 and 10-in one cover. Jamary, RDO Fee ite xs en er eee - 25 11. (XVI) The Marine Fishes of Southern California, -by. Hawin Chapin Starks and Earl Leonard Morris. Pp. 159-251, plate 21. March, 1907. .75 _ 12, Biological Studies on: Corymorpna, II. The Development of. C. ‘Palma from the Egg. By Harry Beal Torrey. Pp. 253-298, 33 text figures. - DUG OT 05s cag ate eae MT ie Face SO PS Wik tn 3 AO Oe 50 sii : 13. (XVII) Dinoflageliata of the Sait Diego Region, III. Descriptions of S . ig New Species. By Charles Atwood ‘Rofoid. Pp. 299- ee plates 22-23, : AEDT OO TOM Be ee Says See ee he en ee eae Seer ks 50 14. The Structure. and Movements of Cord ylostorna alee: DY, John F. _ Bovard.. Pp. 343-368, 21 text figures. September, pO?) 1p plage Sara ite reer cass 25 ~ Index, pp. 369-383. . Vol, 4. 1. The Ascidians Collected by the United States Fisheries Bureau steamer ‘Albatross on the Coast of California during the Summer of 1904, by William Emerson Ritter. “Pp. 1-52, plates 1-3, - October, 1907... 50 2. (XVIII) Behavior of the Starfish Asterias forveri de Lorriol, by. H. S. Jennings. Pp. 53-185, 19 text figures. November, 1907... 1.00 8, (XIX) The Early Life-History of Dotichoglossus. pusillus Ritter, by B. 3 M. Davis. -Pp. 187-226, plates 4-8. March, 1908... .50 4, Notes on two Amphipods of the Genus Corophium from the Pacific Coast, by J. Chester Bradley. Pp. 227-252, plates 9-13. April,~1908.._.30 5. (XX) The Incrusting Chilostomatous Bryozoa of the Western Coast of North America, by Alice Robertson. Pp. 253-344, plates 14-24, May, AODRE ES Biesine ck Ta tise alas iy cue Spat Sona Mees ere eS RSE ak -, gee Pog LX 1.00 6. (XXI) On Exuviation, Autotomy, and Regeneration in Ceratium, by - Charles Atwood Kofoid. Pp, 345-386, with text figures, (XXII). Notes on some Obscure Species of Ceratium, by Charles sewage : Kofoid. Pp, 387-393, , ~. Nos. .6 and 7 in .one cover. April, OOS cence Bs eres eC ee 50 Index, pp. 395-400. 5 ; Vol. 5. 1. The Biota of the San Bernardino Mountains, by Joseph Grinnell. “Pp. 2 i-170,/plates 1-24. December, 1908; oe as BL lets 2.00: 2. Birds and Mammals of the 1907 Alexander Expedition to Southeastern Alaska. Pp. 171-264, pls, 25-26, figs. 1-4.. February; 1909 20000000. 675 » 3. Three New Song Sparrows from, California, by saseee Grinnell. Pp. 265-0693 April OF 1O0G ick sae eee ue ot oe es ea a 05 “4, A New Harvest Mouse from Petaluma, California, by Joseph Dixor: ; EDe Si i-Aio. VATS MSh. 14, FOUR, eC ak nce itr a nae eas oka Cert = 05 5. A-New Cowbird of the Genus Molothrus, with a note on the Probable Genetic Relationships of the North American Forms, by Joseph - Grinnell,“ Pp, 275-281, 1 text figure, December, 1909.02.00. > ,05 -. 6 Two New Rodents from Nevada, by Walter P. Taylor. Pp. 283-302, plates 27-29. 7. A Northern Coast Form of the California Gray Fox, by J cnent Dixon, Pp. 303-305. Nos. 6 and 7 in one cover. February, 19102 es. RENN PES 20 * Ronis numbers indicate sequence of the Contributions from His Laboratory of the Marine iter ig Association of San Diego. “UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS — (CONTINUED) : 8. Two Heretofore Unnamed Wrens of the Genus Thryomanes, by ‘Joseph Grinnell. Pp. 307-309.. 4 9. The Savannah Sparrow of -the Great Basin: by J oseph Grimell. Pp. 811-316. 10. A Second Record of the Spotted Bat (Euderma maculatum): for Cali-_ fornia, by Joseph Grinnell. _Pp. 317-320; plate 30. ; 11. Mammals of the 1908 Alexander Alaska Expedition, with Descriptions of the Localities Visited and Notes on the Flora of the Prince Wil- - iam Sound Region, by Edmund Heller. Pp. 321-360, plates 31-32. a5 fie 12, Birds of the 1908 Alexander Alaska Expedition, with a Note on ‘the Avifaunal Relationships of the Prince William Sound District, 2 Joseph Grinnell. Pp.. 361-428, plates 33-34, 9 text- Spree. : Nos. 11 and 12 in one cover. March, 1910 200i $100 ett ee Index, pp- 429-440, Vol. 6. 1. (XXIII) On the Weight of Developing Eggs. “Part I, The Possible Significance of Such Investigations, by William E. Ritter; Part TH, Practicability of the Determinations, by. paew E. Bailey. Pp. 1-10. Cetiber 19080 Sa ae gee as ee ee gg Pol 2, (XXIV) The Leptomedusae of the San Diego Region, -by Harry Beal--_ Torrey. Pp. 11-31, with text figures. February, 1909 =. 290-2 # 3. (XXV) The Ophiurans of the San Diego Region, by J. ae McClen--. don. ~ Pp. 83-64, plates-1-6.. July; 1909... hak cee 30: 4, (XXVI) Halocynthia jchnsoni n.sp.: A comprehensive inquiry as to the extent of law and order that prevails in a single animal species, by Wm. E. Ritter. Pp. 65-114, plates 7-14... November, 1909.......... 505" 5. (XXVIII) Three Species of Cerianthus from Southern California, by H. B. Torrey and F. Li. Kleeberger.. Pp. 115-125, 4 text-figures. Wecenther TOGO ee a a casas Pace cv tas eee SecaB ee enataue eee Hi Sate 6. The Life. History of Trypanosoma Dimorphon, Dutton & Todd, by Edward Hindle. Pp, 127-144, plates 15-17, 1 text-figure. December, ae et Sl eee ORS ergs ats ee ea Nak Red eis eae as 50 58 (XXVIT) A Quantitative Study of the Development of the Salpa Chain in Salpa fusiforimis- runcinata, by Myrtle Elizabeth Johnson, ed 1 ag ee eae O72 Seaeeee ns Eh oo) tf Open enn Raf o- eten MOR ea Re DT A 235 8..A Revision of the Genus Ceratocorys, Based on Skeletal Morphology, - by Charles Atwood Kofoid. Pp. 177-187. May, 1910.0 AO 9. (XXIX) Preliminary Report on the Hydrographic Work Carried on by by the Marine. Biological Station of San Diego, by George Fo. Me- Syren Pp. 187-201. May,-1910 iS ae ae ee ee oh es Vol, 7. 1. Two New Owls from Arizona, with Description of: the Juvenal Plum- age of Striz oceidentalis occidentalis. (Xantus), by Harry Ss. ta a Bog 1 Bas Soc Pika Ns Bb ge 2 dB 8 Uo een Ne ie MR ere Se NR I et seit ee pease a PCa os 10 AMERICAN ARCHAEOLOGY AND ETHNOLOGY.—F. W. Putnam, Editor. Price per volume $3.50 (Volume 1, $4.25). Volumes 1-4 and 6 completed. be ete 5, 7 and 8 in progress. BOTANY.—W. A. Setchell, Editor. Price per volume $3. 50. Volumes I (pp. 418), I (ep. 354), and III (pp. 400), completed. ‘Volume IV (in progress). : GEOLOGY.—Bulletin of the Department of Geology. Andrew C. Lawson, Editor. “Price 2g per volume+$3.50. Volumes I (pp. 428), IT (pp. 450), IIT (pp. 475) and TV: (pp. 462), completed... Volume V (in progress). PATHOLOGY.—Alonzo Englebert Taylor, Editor. Price per. volume, $2 50. Volume I - “(pp. 347) completed. “PHILOSOPHY.—George Holmes Howison, Editor. Price per wolnae $2, ‘Volume I (op. : 262) completed. Volume II (in progress). PHYSIOLOGY.—Jacqutes Loeb, Editor. Price per volume $2.00. Volume 1 ton. 217) com- pleted: ‘Volume IE (pp. 215) completed. Volume III (in progress). MEMOIRS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA (Quarto). Vol. 1. No. 1. Triassic Ichthyosauria, with -special reference to the American Forms: By John C. Merriam, hie. ie 1- 196, plates 1-18, 154 text. firures,.- September; 1008 gia eee a cae ch sare aan = Marion E. Hubbard. Pp: 157-170, plate 16. . November, 1903....... eo | 5. Studies on the Ecology, Morphology and Speciology of the Young of Nh some Enteropneusta of Western North America, by William E. Ritter. . Waa and B. M. Davis. Pp, 171-210, plates 17-19. February, 1904...:....: SRR «| paaprs tt 6. Regeneration and Ncn-Sexual’ Reproduction in Sagartia davisi, by : A Harry Beal ‘Torrey and Raney Buth.. Mery. . Pp. 211-226, 7. text- 54 MevTes Msg OOS ic a See id ae Ae ec eS Le 16 i 7..The Structure and Regeneration of the Poison Glands of Plethodon, by ris Cc. O. Esterly. Pp. 227-268; plates 20-23. June, 1904.00.00. ak. 2.00 73) cy 8, The Distribution of the Sense-organs in Microscolex elegans, by John: aA F. Bovard. ‘Pp. 268-286, plates, 24-25. “December, : 1904..0.2..0.000.00000.. EMSID jo) mete 9. Some New Tintinnidae from the Plankton of ‘the San Diego Kegion, Lag by Charles A. Kofoid. Pp, 287-306, ees 26-28. ° July, 1905.20.00... sO St he att Index, pp. 307-317, Baia ae Vol.\ 2. (Contributions from ‘the Laboratory of the Marine Biological Association Oe of San Diego.) er aaa 2 Introduction,. A General Statement of the Ideas and the: Present Aims ia and Status of the Marine Biological Association of San Diego, by | e : William E.: Ritter, Director of the Station. Pp, i-xyii. 2 Maps 25 as 1. The Hydroids of the San Diego Region, by Harry, Beal Torrey: Pp. ; 3 143. 22 text figures. December, 1904. pi Se 2. The Ctenophores of the San Diego Region, by Harry Beal Torrey. «tonal ne Pp..45-51, plate 1. December, 1904: eat, Nos. 1 Bnd: 2 in one COvers: fixes Se ee ol ee es ae “60 $8, The Pelagic: Tunicata of the San Diego Region, excepting the Larvacea, by: William: E. Ritter. Pp. 51-112, Plates 2-3. 31 text-figures. Jan- WAT AGO a ac re OA Ne ls A ee eee Nr aga ce amas 65. iW 4. The Pelagic Copepoda of the San Diego Region, by .C. 0. Esterly. Pp. ‘ 113-233, 62 text figures, September, 1905-0... f 2.0 cette 1,25 : 5. The Non-encrusting Chilostomatous Bryozoa of the West Coast of North America, by Alice Robertson. Pp. 235-322, plates 4-16. December, » da ‘ E15 Sara HRS MEN oh NTP LM) re Po Ll AT ea CR Fat AUR AY NN psu apse LR \ . 6. Differentiation in Hydroid Colonies and the Problem of Senescence, by Harry Beal Torrey. Pp. 232-332, 4 text-figures. December, 1905. _ 7, The: Behavior of Corymorpha, by Harry Beal Torrey. Pp. 333-340, 5 text-figures. Noss’ 6 atid'7) In ONG: COVER cee es hs eS ah ee ae Lane «25 8. Dinoflagellata of the San Diego Region. I, On Heterodinium, a New Genus of the Peridinidae, ‘by Charles Atwood.Kofoid... Pp. 341-368, plates 17-19. 3 January, L006 | so ee ee eee she eneshaa edd eadeeaah BO ie Index, pp. 369-382. ‘A * Supply limited; sold only with complete volumes. UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS IN ZOOLOGY Vol. 7, No. 2, pp. 9-172, plates 1-6, 3 text-figures’ January 12, 1911 BIRDS AND MAMMALS OF THE 1909 ALEXANDER ALASKA EXPEDITION BY HARRY S. SWARTH. (Contribution from the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology of the University of California.) CONTENTS. PAGE LPGitETROYOUMGTNOTAY Secte 2 Nae SEES ee a SS ec ee eee 9 IDES EE aneaKONANS} “@aP ATW TON CEN We ENCES, Re ee ee eee ee ee en eee Cae 12 hte ckealistrosant mem SiG Suse te eee 6 ce eee BT toa ol ee eee 26 General Accounts of the Birds: Distribution, Molt, Variation, JEU O RETA OL MICE TINO NEST eae se ee aoe ee SE mE fe 28 Checkelisimotentibes vicvmaninall Sane we es eee ee ere ee. teen cree ee ee 11018) General Accounts of the Mammals: Distribution, Variation, DBS) 2 rEENy NATUR CETTE US UCONLECGNS Na ae ee ee ee PP ere me gone et et 113 New Mammals Described: TEE AOUUGITLIUDIS ° RULE ORS. Yas eset aes SaaS ee a ae 127 NYE ARMED” OIF OU OGTR de ee oe a ee Ee ce eee 131 aT SUS Re CETIUC TUG CLAUS ENO IOMUOHE: eee cane ae ee eee. 2c 2 pene ees =e coca 141 DistiibuiomaleGonsidenaivorms: 22.21 oe ee Ss eee 151 Jini Sirannge® , COME Te ee EE a oe ete a os ae ee ee 160 INTRODUCTION. In 1909 Miss Annie M. Alexander organized and financed an expedition for the exploration of such parts of the Sitkan district, Alaska, as had not been touched by the expedition of 1907'—at least to such an extent as could be done in a single 1 Field work in Alaska has been prosecuted as follows: In 1906 on the Kenai Peninsula; in 1907 in the Sitkan district; in 1908 in the Prince William Sound region; and in 1909 in the Sitkan district. 10 University of California Publications in Zoology. [VoL.7 season. The party consisted of Allen E. Hasselborg of Juneau, Alaska, and the writer. Our means of transportation was a gasolene launch, twenty-eight feet long and seven foot beam. Camp was established ashore at most of the points visited. Hasselborg spent most of his time in hunting the larger mammals, though he occasionally ran lines of small traps, or shot a few birds, leaving the writer free to devote himself entirely to the small mammals and birds. The region explored by this expedition, together with that of 1907, includes practically the whole of the Sitkan district as restricted by later writers: the mainland coast of Alaska and the islands (the Alexander Archipelago) lying between Juneau and Cross Sound on the north, and Dixon Entrance on the south. This area is about two hundred and fifty miles long, from Cross Sound to Dixon Entrance, with an average width of about one hundred miles. The previous expedition had collected at various points on the more northern islands of the group, Admiralty, Chichagof, and Baranof, as well as at Glacier Bay on the mainland; so it was planned to begin operations south of Frederick Sound, work south along the western edge of the archipelago as far as Dixon Entrance, and, on the return trip north, to visit the inner islands, and such mainland points as time permitted and it seemed desirable to explore. I left San Francisco on March 31, arriving in Juneau on April 8. We left Juneau on the morning of April 9, and on October 1, I sailed for home from the same point. During October and November Hasselborg visited the Taku River and points on Admiralty and Chichagof islands, collecting material which has been included in the present report. The following is the itinerary of the expedition : ITINERARY. Juneau, April 8. Kake, Kupreanof Island, April 9. Keku Straits, Kupreanof Island (two camps), April 10-18; 18-25. Three-mile Arm, Kuiu Island, April 25 to May 6. Port Protection, Prince of Wales Island, May 6 to 10. Shakan and Calder Bay,.Prince of Wales Island, May 10 to 14. Egg Harbor, Coronation Island, May 14 to 18. Port MeArthur, Kuiu Island, May alisj all’): SN ee 1911] Swarth: Alaska Expedition of 1909. 11 Warren Island, May 19 to 23. Heceta Island, May 23, 24. San Alberto Bay, Prince of Wales Island, May 24 to 26. Klawak Salt Lake, Prinee of Wales Island, May 26 to 29. Suemez Island, May 29, 30. Rocky Bay, Dall Island, May 30 to June 4. West Coast of Dall Island, June 4 to 6. MeLeans Arm, Prinee of Wales Island, June 6, 7. Duke Island, June 7 to 9. Marten Arm, Boca de Quadra (mainland), June 9 to 14. Annette Island, June 14, 15. Gravina Island, June 15, 16. Chickamin River (mainland), June 17 to 28 Portage Cove, Revillagigedo Island, June 28 to July 4. Hassler’s © Pass, Revillagigedo Island, July 4, 5. Etolin Island, July 5 to 12. Fool’s Inlet, Wrangell Island, July 12 to 18. Bradfield Canal (mainland), July 18 to 26. Port St. John, Zarembo Island, July 27 to August 1. Mitkof Island, August 1 to 13. Thomas Bay (mainland), August 13 to 23. Port Snettisham (mainland), August 24 to September 2. Juneau, September 2, 3. Taku River (mainland), Septem- ber 4 to 28. Juneau, September 28. Thus we visited sixteen islands and six mainland localities ; on some of the islands we established several camps. The accompanying map (plate 1) of the region, copied from a chart issued by the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey, shows the route of the expedition and points where collecting was carried on. Names of localities used in the report are all to be found on this map. The ornithological material collected consists of 604 bird skins; the mammals of 472 skins with skulls, 24 skulls without skins, 47 small mammals in alcohol, and 13 shed deer antlers. These specimens have all been donated by Miss Alexander to the University of California Museum of Vertebrate Zoology, and they, together with the field notes made during the season both by Hasselborg and myself, form the basis of the present report. Twenty-seven species of mammals are listed, twenty-six represented by specimens collected. One hundred and thirty- seven species of birds are included in the report, specimens being taken of one hundred and six. In color descriptions Ridgway’s ‘‘ Nomenclature of Colors,’’ 1886 edition, has been followed as closely as was practicable. Measurements are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. The species of plants mentioned in the report were identified by 12 University of California Publications in Zoology. \Vou-7 Professor H. M. Hall, of the University of California, from specimens collected and now in the University Herbarium. I should like here to express my appreciation of courtesies received from several institutions and individuals in connection with this report: To the authorities of the United States National Museum for the loan of bird skins, as indicated under the various species in the general report following; to Dr. C. Hart Merriam, Chief of the Biological Survey, for the loan of specimens of birds and mammals; to Mr. EK. A. Preble and Mr. N. Hollister for specific information on certain puzzling forms; to Professor J. O. Snyder, of Leland Stanford Junior University, for the loan of a series of skins of Sciurus h. vancouverensis from the collection of that institution; and to Professor Chas. A. Kofoid, of the University of California, for critical reading of the final manuscript. DESCRIPTIONS OF LOCALITIES. KUPREANOF ISLAND. We made two camps on this island, the first being some five or six miles above the south end of Keku Straits. These straits, separating Kupreanof and Kuiu islands, are exceedingly narrow at this point, being, in places, less than a hundred feet across; they are navigable, even to as small a boat as ours, only at high tide, as there are series of rapids in them at low water. Thus they are practically no barrier at all to the distribution of animal life, and the same species of birds and mammals range over both islands. As the channels between Kupreanof and Mitkof, and Mitkof and the mainland, are likewise narrow and shallow, some of the mainland fauna is thus carried almost to the western extremity of the archipelago. We remained but a few days in our first camp and then moved to a point some three miles farther south, where the presence of two fairly large streams with bordering meadow land gave promise of better results than we had been obtaining. This part of Kupreanof Island is quite flat with no conspic- uous mountain ranges anywhere. There were two peaks some six or seven miles north of our camp, which are about 1500 i 1911] Swarth: Alaska Expedition of 1909. 13 feet high—round-topped hills, covered with timber; while the same distance south of us,was a ridge that reached an altitude of approximately 2,000 feet. .Some steep cliffs were visible along the sides, and the top was bare of timber and snow- covered. The larger of the two streams was explored inland for fifteen miles. The drainage appears to be mostly toward the west side of the island. Near the beach, and along the streams, is a dense growth of timber, mostly spruce and hemlock, with some cedar; farther back the country opens up into a series of parks, covered with a scattering growth of scrubby pines from ten to thirty feet high, boggy and hummocky underfoot, and with a thick carpet of moss. Along the beach the forest is bordered with a scattering fringe of alder. During our stay on Kupreanof, April 10 to 25, the weather was quite cold. The thermometer dropped as low as 6° C., and we had several snowstorms. Land birds were extremely searee and of few species, nor was there any species of small mammal that was at all abundant. THREB-MILE ARM, KULU ISLAND. Our camp at this point was in a little cove on the east side of the inlet, and some three miles from its head. On this part of Kuiu Island the coast line is very much cut up with bays and inlets, and the country is more hilly and uneven than on Kupreanof. In vegetation the two places are essentially the same. The conspicuous feature of this place is the extensive tide flats. The whole head of the inlet is bare at low tide, exposing hundreds of acres of mud banks, and these fairly swarmed with wading birds of various species. As land birds were still very few in numbers most of my time was devoted to the securing and preparation of series of these waders, and a good representation was obtained. We remained here from April 25 to May 6. Kupreanof and Kuiu together are generally known as the Kake Islands, from the tribe of Kake Indians, which inhabits them. 14 University of California Publications in Zoology. (Vou. 7 PORT PROTECTION, PRINCE OF WALES ISLAND. A long and rather narrow inlet at the northwestern extremity of the island. The bay is some three miles long and winds so that the head of the inlet is sheltered from storms from any direction. The country surrounding is extremely rough and rugged, and the timber a mass of windfalls, so that traveling was difficult. The beach is narrow and precipitous, so much so that we were unable to establish a camp ashore, and were obliged to lve on the launch during our stay at this point. Several small streams empty into the bay, none of them large enough to permit of the salmon ascending much above tide-water. Along these creeks there is a little meadow land. The forest presents the usual combination of fir and hemlock, with a little cedar, and alder along the beach. The broken hills surrounding the bay culminate at the south in the high peak of Mt. Calder. We remained at this point from May 6 to 10, and though the alders were beginning to bud, and a little green grass to appear in favored spots, the snow still lay deep in the woods. Land birds were extremely scarce. SHAKAN AND CALDER BAY. Shakan is a small settlement on Kosciusko Island, at the northwestern extremity of Prince of Wales Island. Calder Bay is a long inlet extending some six or eight miles north of Shakan. In a straight line these places are not more than twenty-five miles from Port Protection, and the character of the country is essentially the same. We ran traps and collected birds at three different points in this vicinity, at the Calder Marble quarry, but a short distance from Shakan, at the head of Calder Bay, and at the entrance of Klawak Passage, the exceedingly narrow channel between Kosciusko and Prince of Wales islands. The weather was stormy during the whole of our stay at this point, May 10 to 14; in fact we were waiting here, in comparative shelter, for the weather to settle and permit us to reach Coro- nation Island, our next objective point. CORONATION ISLAND. A small island lying south and west of the southern extremity of Kuiu, and about forty miles southwest of Shakan. We 1911] Swarth: Alaska Expedition of 1909. 15 anchored near the head of Egg Harbor, on the north side of the island, a narrow and perfectly straight inlet, about a mile long and a quarter of a mile wide. With the southerly winds prevailing during our stay this bay is quite calm and unruffled, but it is exposed toward the north, where it looks straight up Chatham Straits, and the ocean swell enters unhindered. At the head of the bay, and in places on the west side, are sandy and gravelly beaches, and quite at the head of the bay a good- sized stream empties. On the west side of the harbor is Pin Peak, about 1300 feet high, and south, towards the center of the island, Needle Peak, 1700 feet. The upper half of Pin Peak is devoid of timber, and barren but for a covering of grass. The timber on the island was a mixture of spruce, hemlock, and cedar, with alders and crabapples along the beach. At the head of the bay the forest is quite open and easy to traverse, being almost devoid of underbrush, while the ground is carpeted deeply with moss. At the foot of Pin Peak is an abandoned mine, with numerous sheds and other buildings still standing, serving as shelters for the deer, as we had opportunities of observing. There are also some caves here that had evidently been used as dwellings by the mine operators. The island is about ten miles long, and between five and six miles across at the widest point. The name “‘Egg Harbor’’ is a misnomer, as we found no colonies of sea birds anywhere in the vicinity. On the Hazy Islands, some jutting rocks ten or twelve miles to the westward, we were told that there were many such. The mammals noted on Coronation Island were Odocoileus, Lutreola, Microtus (a species peculiar to this and Warren Island), Peromyscus, and Sorex. There was no sign of bear or wolves. The weather was pleasant during our stay here, May 14 to 18, and birds were abundant. PORT McARTHUR, KUIU ISLAND. A bay near the southern extremity of Kuiu, and about fifteen miles north of Coronation Island. We ran in here for shelter on May 18, leaving again next morning. Warren Id, | Coronation Id THE SITKAN DISTRICT SOUTHEASTERN ALASKA KILOMETERS ry 2 3° oo STATUTE MILES FROM U.S COAST AND GEODETIC SURVEY ——~— ROUTE OF IQ09 ALEXANDER ALASKA EXPEDITION + COLLECTING STATION ASuih gakcisibba 9 a =e PLATE 2. Woods and meadows at Portage Cove, Revillagigedo Island; July 3, 1909. This is typical of the region visited in southeastern Alaska. (See page 20.) | 164] INI, (CALIF, IRUIBIL, ZOOIL, WOll, 7 [SWARTH] PLATE 2 PLATH 3. Antlers of blaek-tail deer (Odocoileus columbianus sitkensis) from south- eastern Alaska. Those on the right from Chichagof Island, on the left from islands south of Frederick Sound. Note the difference in the fork- ing; in the series on the left the branching tines are conspicuously forked, while in those on the right they are straight. [166] UNIVGECALl Paws ee ZOOL V@lay 7 [SWARTH] PLATE 3 PLATE 4. Fig. 1—Banks inhabited by muskrats (Fiber 2. spatulatus) at Portage Cove, Revillagigedo Island; July 8, 1909. The burrows were excavated in the walls of the gulches, the entrances being covered at high tide. A pile of cut food is at the mouth of one of the burrows shown. Fig. 2—Hoary Marmot (Marmota caligata) at entrance to burrow; Port Snettisham, August 25, 1909. [168 | [SWARTH] PLATE 4 BIN (ALIE: IPUIBIE, ACE, Welk, 7 Fig. 1. PLATE 5. Dorsal view of skulls of Microtus coronarius (series on the left) and Microtus macrurus (series on the right). Enlarged to 1% natural size. The former are uniformly larger, there being no differences in shape or proportions. [170] UNIV CAL Fa WIS ZOOL VO 7 [SWARTH] PLATE 5 PLATE. 6. Fig. 1—Lateral view of skull of type of Ursus americanus pugnax. Redueed to 4 natural size. Note the depressed frontals, prominent post- orbital processes, largely developed sagittal crest and general appearance of massiveness. Fig. 2.—Dorsal view of skull of type of Ursus americanus pugnax. Redueed to 1% natural size. Note the conspicuous sagittal crest and temporal ridges, and the heavily built and wide-spreading zygomata. [172] UNIV. CALIF. PUBL. ZOOL. VOL. 7 [SWARTH] PLATE 6 Fig. 1. we >+ “university. OF F CALIFORNIA « PUBLIC..TIONS-(ConTiNUED) t 7 “Vol. 3. “a Soins ‘Observations’ on the Nervous System of Copepoda, lege c. 0. _» Esterly. Pp. 1-12, plates 1-2. January, 1906....... Sail Sesh Bele /' 25 2) (IX)* Ostracoda of the San Diego Region. 1. Halocypridae, by Chancey Juday. Pp. 13-38, plates 3-7. April) 1906.00.02... 30 ~ 3..(X) The California Shore Anemone, Bunodactis zanthograinmica, by >. “Harry Beal Torrey. Pp. 41-46; plate 8, April, 1906.. 4 > 4, (1) Sexual Dimorphism in Aglaophenia, by Harry Beal Torrey and Ann Martin. Pp. 47-52, 9 text-figures. _ April,..1906, vi WNOs. Sama 4) inc one Cove, Sock ie ae te Ci ie ae a 1) AB ' B. CXIT) New Copepod Fauna from the San Diego Region, by Calvin Olin Esterly. Pp. 53-92, plates 9-14. December, 1906.20.00. (435 6. (XII) Dinofiagellata of the San Diego Region, IT. ‘On “‘Triposolenia, a. New Genus of the Dinophysidae, by Charles Atwood Kofoid. Pp. -. 93-116, plates. 15-17. TA Discussion of the Species Characters in Prifiosdlenia... I. The Nature of Species. Characters, II. The Adaptive Significance of Species Characters. II. The Coincident Distribution of Related Species. By Charles Atwood Kofoid, Pp, 117-126. -8..On the Significance of the Asymmetry in Triposolenia, by Charles Atwood Kofoid. Pp. 127-133. . Nos. 6, 7, and 8 in one cover. December, 1906....000.000 +35 9. (SIV) Ostracoda of the San Diego Region.’ - II. Littoral Forms, by. Chancey Juday. Pp. 135-156, plates 18-20... a 10. (XV) Cladocera of the San Diego Region, by. Chancey Peasy Pp. 157-158, 1 text figure, Nos, 9 and 10 in one cover. Sagmars ROT oe at ees Teg» Pe 11. (XVI) The Marine Fishes of Southern California, by Ravin Chapin Starks.and Earl Leonard Morris, Pp. 159-251, plate 21. March, 1907. .75 12. Biological Studies on Corymorpna. II. The Development of C. Palma , » from the Egg. By Harty Beal Torrey. Pp. 253-298, 33 text figures. Bus Page KS | Vs See cee ann. glares MR aU UY Wallin UCLENR ARR I ask ate tad SCOALA T Bin een ia 50 13. (XVII) Dinoflagellata of the San Diego Region: iil. Descriptions of ; New Species. By Charles Atwood Kofoid. Pp. 299-340, plates 22-23. jet ae Aole fc IR ONT 2 ROE ae tear aes a he oat 8) Can ON oh Ne Rei SSE ae eG 50 Ws ih 14; The: Structure and iovensnte: of Cndehesioon patens, by John Fr. las: ‘t Bovard. Pp. 343-368, 21 text tc September, 1907........ ie Rea 25 Index, pp. 369-383, Vol. 4, 1. The Ascidians Collected by the United States Fisheries Bureau steamer i Albatross on the Coast, of ‘California during the Summer of 1904, by af William Emerson Ritter. Pp. 1-52, plates 1-3. October, 1907... 60 2. (XVII) Behavior of the Starfish. Asterias forreri de Lorriol, by H. 8. ( “e Ap aot Jennings. Pp. 53-185, 19 text figures... November, 1907..:.:...302. 02004 1.00 bea i) 8. (XIX) The Early Life-History of Dolichoglossus pusillus Ritter, by B.. M, Davis. Pp. 187-226, plates 4-8. March, 1908.02.00. 50 4, Notes on two Amphipods of the Genus Corophium from the Pacific - €oast, by J. Chester Bradley. Pp. 227-252, plates 9-13... April, 1908... .80 6. (XX) The Incrusting Chilostomatous Bryozoa of the Western Coast of .. North America, by Alice Robertson. ea 258-344, plates 14-24, May, 3 ee R21 piety Me see Al eae GR bbe NI me SER APT (aL th NE NRG cD AMS ORG Gas RENN mS Samia Le 1.00 6. (XT). On Exuviation, ‘Autotony, and ‘Regeneration in Ceratium, by ' Charles Atwood Kofoid; Pp. '345-386, with text figures. =~ 7, (XX) Notes on some Obscure Species.of Ceratium, by Charles Atwood -Kofoid. Pp. 387-393. Nos, 6 and 7 in one cover. April, 1908.20.03... peak ae Tease 59 Index, pp. 395-400, as Vol. 5. 1. The Biota of the San Bernardino Mountains, by Joseph Grinnell. Pp. 1-170, plates 1-24: ‘December, 1908 sc 2.00 2. Birds and Mammals of the 1907) Alexander Expedition to Southeastern ; Alaska. Pp. 171-264, pls. 25-26, figs. 1-4, ' February, 1909 2). 15 3.’ Three New Song Sparrows from California, by Joseph Grinnell... Pp.» ODODE TATE LY Dy PAOD sere Ss | UN San aS Se eg .05 4. A New Harvest Mouse from Petaluma, California, by Joseph Dixon. PP SCAT Si: AU RSE Lay: ADO: ates Si aaa A a UN eo 05: | 5. A New Cowbird of the Genus Molothris, with.a note on the Probable Genetic Relationships of the North American: Forms, by Joseph Grinnell. Pp, 275-281, 1 text 'figure. “December, 1909.0)... i. 05 6, Two New Rodents from Nevada, by Walter P. Taylor... Pp. 283-302, plates 27-29. 7. A Northern Coast Form of the California Gray Fox, by Ji eeere Dixon. Pp. 303-305, Nos. 6 and’? in one cover, February, aS 5 RUSS dc een Ret ge ee aptae ENS 20. * Roman numbers indicate sequence of the Contributions aici ey Laboratory of the Marine Biological Association of San Diego. 4 xo fee, BIEL SS ee , cs UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA. PUBLICATIONS ~(contiNuED) * ye nei 8, Two Heretofore Unnamed Wrens of the Genus ‘Thryomanes, by Joseph Mah . Grinnell. Pp..307-309. gene: 9, The Savannah Sparrow of the Great Bante by Joseph Grinfell. Pp. ee 311-316. \ 10. A Second Record of the Spotted Bat (Buderma maculatum) for Cali. fornia, by Joseph Grinnell. Pp. 317-320, plate 30. ei ‘Nos. 8, 9, and 10 in one cover. February; 1910.00.00. rs bs a 11. Mammals of the 1908 Alexander Alaska’ Expedition, with Deactiotians SE of the Localities Visited and Notes on the Flora of the Prince Wil- liam Sound Région, by; Edmund Heller. Pp. 321-860, plates 31-323": ve 12. Birds of the 1908 Alexander Alaska Expedition, with a Note on the | Avifaunal Relationships of the Prince William Sound District, by Joseph Grinnell, Pp. 361-428, plates. 33-34, 9 text-figures. Nos. 11 and 12 in one cover. March, 4910. Index, pp. 429-440. i Vol. 6.1. (XXII) On the Weight of Developing Eggs. Part i, The Possible _ Significance of Such Investigations, by William E. Ritter; Part IT, if -.Practicability of the Determinations, ‘by Samuel E. Bailey. Bogs Nap a Ti UR aie ig MCEO DCT TOO R eran a ARS iG Nos cr 2c A 6 ee aa 10: 2. (SXIV) The Leptomedusae | of the San Diego Region, by Harry Beal Bs Torrey. Pp. 11-31, with text figures. February, 1909 22.000 420 8. (XXV) The Ophiurans of the San Diego Region, by J. F, MoCien. i don. -Pp. 33-64,’ plates 1-6. July; 1909.50 .30 4, (SXVI1) Halocynthia jehnsoni n. sp.2-A comprehensive inquiry as to the extent of law and order that prevails in a single animal species, =~ by Wm, E. Ritter. Pp. 65-114, plates. 7-14. November, 1909............ 2 60°. 5. (XXVIII) Three Species of Cerianthus from Southern California, by ~ — . H. B. Torrey and F. L, Kleeberger. Bp. 115-125, 4 text-figures.) > » December, 1909. 2... GFR RAN eh OP PAUP iO aR LE US Ne WRC ae ase GMINA Ee NRE USA SY 10 . The Life History of Trypanosoma’ Dimorphon, Dutton & Todd, by - Edward Hindle. Pp. 127-144, plates 15-17, 1 text-figure, . December, FOU Se Le ee Ce ee Se eZ pe fn go ce ca 160%: 7, (XXVIII) A Quantitative Study of the Development, of the Salpa ; Chain. in’ Salpa- fusiformis- runcinata., by Myrtle Elizabeth Johnson. : fos) Bp. 1 45-176;- Maron, 040: i ea gy SEs ed 1485 8. A Revision of the Genus Ceratocorys, Based on Skeletal Morphology, : by Charles Atwood Kofoid, Pp. 177-187: May, 1910.02.23. eee!) 9, (XXIX) Preliminary Report on the Hydrographic Work Carried on by. the Marine Biological Station of San Diego, by George FE. McEwen. ae Pp. 189-204; text-figure and map. May, 1910 us. a, “IB 10... (XXX) Bioligical Studies on’ Corymorpha, ITI. Regeneration of Hy- dranth and Holdfast, by Harry Beal Torrey. -Pp.. 205-221; 16 text- figures. . es (XXXII) Note on Geotronien in Corymorpha, by Harry Beal Torrey. Pn, 223-224; 1 text-figure, Nos. 10 and 41/in one cover. August, 1910 ok 20 12. The Cyclostomatous Bryozoa of the West Coast.of North America, by — Alice Robertson. Pp. 225-284; plates 18-25. December; 1910.-.2...... .60 13. Significance of White Markings in Birds of the Order Passeriformes, AN by Henry Chester Tracy: Pp, 285-312.. December, 1910....00-. ons 22D.’ Vol. 7. 1. Two New Owls from Arizona, with Description of the Juvenal Plum- age of Strix occidentalis: occidentalis (Xantus), by Harry S. Swarth, 1 3 Pps IB MEAS, VOU Ocha es Pee Ok CE ano ea ae Se Lea 2. Birds and’ Mammals of the 1909 Alexander Alaska Expedition, by. i eae Hatry S. Swarth. Pp. 9- 172; plates 1- 6; 3 text-figures. January, 1911. 1.50: MEMOIRS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA (Quarto). : Vol. 1.. No. 1. Triassic Ichthyosauria,. with special reference to the American Forms. By John C€. Merriam. Pages. 1-196, plates 1-18, 154 text . figures: ‘September; 1908) i RS Be ie vi $3.00. Vol..2.. The Silva of ‘California, by. Willis Linn Jepson. 480 aan 85 plates, Simaps,’ December, 1940 ei ese OM ee ond OR eg 9.00 Other series in Classical Philolosy, Economics, Education, Egyptian Archaeology, Engi- neering, Entomology, Graeco-Roman Archaeology, Mathematics, Psychology, Semitic Phil- ology; Modern Philology. UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA CHRONICLE, —An official record’ of trhtvernity life, issned quarterly, edited by a committee of the faculty, Price, $1.00 per ° year. Current volume No. XIT. Address all orders, or requests for information concerning the above publications wor The University Press, Berkeley, California, European agent for the series in American Archaeology and Ethnology, Classical Phil- ology, Education, Modern Philology, Philosophy, and Semitic Philology, Otto Harrassowitg, Leipzig. For the Memoirs, and the series.in Botany, Geology, Pathology, Physiology, Zoology and also American Archaeology and Ethnology, RB. Friedlander & Sohn, Berlin. UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS Note.—The University of California Publications are offered in exchange for the publi- cations of learned societies and institutions, universities and libraries. Complete lists of all the publications of the University will be sent upon request.. For sample copies, lists of publications or other information, address the Manager of the University Press, Berkeley, California, U. S. A. All matter sent in exchange should be addressed to The Exchange Department, University Library, Berkeley, California, U. S. A. OTTO HARRASSOWITZ ~R. PRIEDLAENDER & SOHN LEIPZIG - BERLIN Agent for the series in American Arch- Agent for the series in American Arch- aeology and Ethnology, Classical Philology, aeology. and Ethnology, Botany, Geology, Education, Modern Em noioers Philosophy, Mathematics, Pathology, Physiology, Zool- Psychology. ogy, and Memoirs, ZOOLOGY.—W. E. Ritter and C. A. Kofoid, Editors. Price per volume $3.50. Commenc- ing with Volume II, this series contains Contributions from the Labora- tory of the Marine Biological Associaticn of San Diego. Cited as Univ. Calif, Publ. Zool. Vol. 1. 1. The Hydroida of the Pacific Coast of North America, by Harry Beal Torrey. Pp. 1-104; plates 1-11. November, 1902.0... nt. $1.00 2. A Case of Physiological Polarization in the Ascidian Heart, by Frank - W. Bancroft and C. O. Esterly. Pp. 105-114. April, 1903...2.0....0:... 10 3. Embryology and Embryonic Fission in the Genus Crisia, by Alice _ Robertson.. Pp, 115-156, plates 12-15. June, 1903........:........ eae 50 4, Correlated -Protective Devices in some. California Salamanders, by Marion E. Hubbard. Pp. 157-170, plate 16. November, 1903.......: = 5. Studies on the Ecology, Morphology and Speciology of the Young of some Enteropneusta of Western North America, by William’ E. Ritter and B. M. Davis. Pp. 171-210, plates 17-19. February, 1904.......... 50 6. Regeneration and Ncn-Sexual Reproduction in Sagartia davisi, by . Harry Beal Torrey and Janet Ruth Mery. Pp. 211-226, 7 text- Taree ss Way eT GON eee eh ee hs aaa nes cust okatdee cabs guekr ance adageethare neraes 15. 7. The Structure and Regeneration of the Poison Glands of Plethodon, by C.-O. Esterly. Pp. 227-268, plates 20-23.°- June, 1904.......2.00 022. 1,00 8. The Distribution of the Sense-organs in Microscolex elegans, by John F. Bovard. Pp. 268-286, plates 24-25. December, 1904.......2.2..:........ 50 9. Some New Tintinnidae from the Plankton of the San Diego Kegion, by Charles A. Kofoid. Pp. 287-306, plates 26-28. July, 1905.......... 25 Index, pp. 307-317. Vol. 2. (Contributions from the Laboratory of the Marine Biological Association of San Diego.) Introduction.: A General Statement of the Ideas. and the Present Aims and Status of the Marine Biological Association of San Diego, by William E. Ritter, Director. of the Station. Pp. i-xvii. 2 Maps +25 1. The Hydroids of the San Diego Region, by Harry Beal Torrey. Pp. 143. 22 text figures. December, 1904. 2. The Ctenophores of the San Diego Region, by Harry Beal Entice Pp. 45-51, plate 1. December, 1904. Nos. 1 BUG “DANONE | COVOT aires ci re cence Rees ee neta Re peat aeeooaeeme .60 3. The Pelagic Tunicata of the San Diego Region, excepting the Larvacea, by William EB. Ritter. Pp. 51-112, plates 2-3. 31 text-figures. Jan- Uary, > 190Gb. A ie Aaa nage oe ae URE SAN SONG ee NOE Re ROR bem nce ae 65 4. The Pelagic Copepoda of the San Diego Region, by C. O. Esterly. Pp. 112-233, 62 text: figures. “September, 2906 .-.25. fico asec. co sal ss entnpegctoeceanne 1.25 5. The Non-encrusting Chilostomatous Bryozoa of the West Coast of North America, by Alice Robertson. Pp. 235-322, plates 4-16. December, ye SSAct ey NP eRe ota Yai Oar Grativ i RSL SENG Tip RS putea eB ease ANT ihr peep rel 1.00 6. Differentiation in Hydroid Colonies and the Problem of Senescence, by Harry Beal-Torrey. Pp, 232-332, 4 text-figures. December, 1905. 7. The Behavior of Corymorpha, by Harry Beal Torrey. Pp. 333-340, 5 text-figures. Nosi:6::and 77 In One COVET..6 i288 ie ar cece ae cacseastumeepueaeastesaneases 25 8. Dinoflagellata of the San Diego Region. I. On Heterodinium, a New Genus of the Peridinidae, by Charles Atwood Kofoid. Pp. 341-368, Plates :-17-19. January, TOOG sie sces coi ease ee nnevematveyaanbape in deweserse -25 Index, pp. 369-382. * Supply limited; sold only with complete volumes. —_ SS UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS IN ZOOLOGY Vol; 7; No.3, pp. 173-177 : February 18, 1911 AN APPARENT HYBRID IN THE GENUS DENDROICA BY WALTER P. TAYLOR (Contribution from the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology of the University of California) Among the birds collected by the Museum expedition to northern Humboldt County, Nevada, during the summer season of 1909, are a number of examples of the genus Dendroica, most of which are clearly referable to Dendroica auduboni (Towns- end). However, one adult female (no. 8685) is definitely the Myrtle Warbler, Dendroica coronata (Linnaeus). A third speci- men is peculiar in that it presents an almost perfect combination or blending of the characters of the two, auduboni and coronata. This is an adult male specimen (no. 8687), taken at Quinn River Crossing, Humboldt County, May 29, 1909, by Mr. Charles H. Richardson, Jr. This furnishes the first instance known to the writer of hybridization within the genus Dendroica. Comparison of this specimen with typical adult males in the same plumage (the adult nuptial; see Dwight, 1899, p. Dall) may profitably be made. Such examples are no. 6012, taken in Massachusetts on May 25, representing D. coronata, and no. 8682, taken in northern Humboldt County, Nevada, on May 1%, exemplifying D. auduboni. The three specimens are all in nearly the same stage of plumage wear. The plumage of no. 6012 is not quite so much worn as that of the other examples. The adult nuptial plumage in these cases results from a complete spring molt of body plumage. 174 University of California Publications in Zoology. \Vou.7 The hybrid is slightly nearer coronata than to auduboni. The streaking of the back is apparently the same in amount. The yellow of the crown is of a shghtly lighter shade than in either coronata or auduboni, and its area is about the same, though it is not so ‘‘concealed’’ as in coronata. The patch of yellow on the rump is much the same as in either species, although it is of a shghtly lighter shade. Wings present a con- dition clearly intermediate. In the hybrid the greater wing coverts are not so broadly tipped with white as in coronata. They differ from coronata, however, in being broadly edged with white (no. 6012 has greater coverts very narrowly edged with grayish brown). The middle coverts are on the average more broadly tipped with white in the hybrid than in coronata, and are edged with white. Some allowance must be made for the faet that the hybrid is in plumage which is a httle more worn than that of no. 6012. This means that in the exactly compar- able stage, the tippings and edgings would probably be very definitely broader, and more extensive than in coronata. At any rate it is apparent that the intermediate is in this respect nearer coronata. The tail in no. 8687 is black, edged with bluish-gray as in auduboni. The white areas on the inner vanes of the rec- trices are less in extent than in either 6012 or 8682. They decrease in size from the outermost rectrix to the third, and are practically lacking on the fourth. There is a faint indication of white on the inner vane of the fourth rectrix on the left side. In this respect the bird is not intermediate, but is like coronata. A small white patch is apparent above the auricular region. This is all that remains of the supra-auricular streak of coronata. The bird has also a spot of white on the upper and on the lower eyelid, like auduboni. Thus in the reduction of the supra- auricular stripe the intermediate character of the bird is again shown. Suborbital and auricular regions are almost exactly inter- mediate in color between coronata and audubom, being very much blacker than the latter, but having nevertheless a distinct blue-gray tinge. Loral region distinctly black, like coronata. The coloration of the malar region, chin and throat also, is —s 1911] Taylor: Hybrid Warbler. WS midway between that of coronata and auduboni. These parts are white, modified on the throat and malar region by a slight wash of yellow. The shade is not nearly so deep as the yellow of auduboni. The extent of this slight throat marking is between that in auduboni and coronata. In the former the yellow area does not widen posteriorly, while in the latter there is a flaring of the white area as the upper breast area is approached, and the white area runs up a little on the posterior side of the auricular region. In the supposed hybrid the white-yellow area flares posteriorly as in coronata, but not to so great an extent. If any true intermediate condition exists in the chest region, it is obscured by the fact that no. 6012, representing coronata, is not quite so much worn as no. 8687, the specimen in question, which is slightly less worn than no. 8682, representing auduboni. So that, from consideration of plumage, the white areas on the chest feathers of the hybrid would find themselves in a condition between those of the two species. The yellow on the sides of the breast is like coronata in shade, being a trifle lighter than in auduboni. The most obvious and important characters which immedi- ately fix the bird as an intermediate are those of the coloration of the sides of the head and of the chin, throat, and malar region. In matter of tail markings it is nearest coronata. DISCUSSION According to Ridgway (1902, p. 548), the breeding range of Dendroica coronata is North America in general, chiefly east and north of the Rocky Mountains; from the mountains of western Massachusetts, northeastern New York, northern Michigan, and Manitoba, to the limit of tree growth (Labrador to western Alaska). That of Dendroica auduboni is given by the same author (loc. cit., p. 553) as being North America, north to British Columbia, east to western border of the Great Plains, breeding southward (in coniferous woods on high mountains) to southern California, ete. Although definite records from middle or north- ern British Columbia or some other of the western provinces of Canada appear to be wanting, it is probable that the breeding 176 University of California Publications in Zoology. [Vou.7 ranges of auduboni and coronata adjoin somewhere in that general region. From a consideration of breeding ranges, hybrids between the two might be expected. While presumably distinet and well characterized species, coronata and auduboni are by no means distantly related, and there seems to be no logical reason why the two should not cross oceasionally. Nor are hybrids unknown within the Mniotiltidae. Helmin- thophila lawrencei (Herrick) (see Ridgway, 1902, p. 452) is a species described from probable hybrids between H. chrysoptera (Linnaeus) and H. pinus (Linnaeus); and of another species closely related to lawrencei, namely Helminthophila leucobron- chialis (Brewster), Ridgway remarks (loc. cit., p. 453) that as in lawrencei, certain of the characters of chrysoptera are combined with certain others of pinus. It is said that there is every proba- bility that the four species, lawrencei, chrysoptera, pinus, and leucobronchialis, interbreed freely to a large extent and are fertile inter se, rendering the problem a very complicated one, since dichromatism also may enter into it. A third described species of Helminthophila, namely cincinnatiensis (iangdon), is ad- judged by Ridgway (loc. cit., p. 446) to be untenable on the ground that it is clearly a hybrid between Helminthophila pinus and Oporornis formosa. As to the possibility of this individual being, not a hybrid, but a mutant in the De Vriesian sense, or a germinal variant as de- fined by Tower (1906), having sprung from one or the other of the species auduboni or coronata, it may be said that the hypoth- esis of hybridization seems to be the one more nearly in accord- ance with the facts of the case. If there were proved to be a hiatus between the breeding ranges of the two species, the case might be somewhat changed; but it is very probable that the ‘anges overlap in the region suggested. If the bird is a mutant, why should it, having sprung from one species, approach the other in nearly all its characters? If the breeding ranges of the two species do overlap, we might expect to find hybrids more commonly. Evidently, however, crossing is infrequent, and not at all comparable to that of the interbreeding of the flickers (Colaptes cafer collaris and Colaptes auratus luteus). Seott 1911 | Taylor: Hybrid Warbler. ares (1905, pp. 271-282) suggests that a number of the bird species from the ‘‘ Hypothetical List’’ of the American Ornithologists’ Union Checklist of North American Birds, were probably founded on mutants. Allen (1905, pp. 431-434) criticizes certain weak points in Scott’s conclusions. A review of Scott’s paper by Allen in the Auk (1906, p. 112) sums up the evidence, which points clearly and definitely, in the cases considered, to hybridization rather than to mutation. As in those cases, so in the present one of Dendroica, the bulk of the evidence indicates the former rather than the latter hypothesis. Still, the possibility of the bird in hand being an example of extreme germinal variation, with parentage in one or the other of the species (auduboni and coronata), is not to be left altogether out of consideration. LITERATURE CITED. Allen, J. A. 1905. The probable origin of certain birds. Science, n.s., vol. 22, pp. 431-434. 1906. Seott ‘‘On the probable origin of certain birds.’’?’ Auk, vol. 23, pp. 112-113. Dwight, Jonathan, Jr. 1899. Sequence of plumages illustrated by the myrtle warbler (Den- droica coronata) and the yellow-breasted chat (Icteria virens). Auk, vol. 16, pp. 217-220, pl. 3. Ridgway, Robert. 1902. The birds of North and Middle America. Bulletin U. S. Nat. Mus., no. 50, part II, pp. i-xx, 1-834, pls. 1-22. Scott, William E. D. 1905. On the probable origin of certain birds. Science, n.s., vol. 22, pp. 271-282. Tower, W. L. 1906. An investigation of evolution in Chrysomelid beetles of the genus Leptinotarsa. Carnegie Inst. of Wash., Publ. no. 46, 1906, pp. i-x, 1-320, pls. 1-30, text-figs. 1-31. Transmitted November 28, 1910. ‘UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS— (CONTINUED) Oe NW Oke eke Roma Observations on the Nervous System of Copepoda, by Cc. O. Esterly.. Pp. 1-12, plates 1-2. January, 1906.02.00 cc 265 2. (IX)* > Ostracoda of the San Diego Region. 1. Halocypridae, Dy Chancey Juday.: Pp. 13-38, plates 3-7. April, 1906..2.22...0e ccc 30 | ore 8. (X) The California Shore Anemone, Bunodactis santhogrammica, by ¥ Harry Beal Torrey. Pp. 41-46, plate 8, April, 1906. eS 4. (XT) Sexual Dimorphism in Agilaophenia, by Harry Beal Torrey and Ann Mariin. Pp. 47-52,-9 text-figures. April, 1906. INOS; 3) aid 4: TN CONG COVEE. ke es ee «15 5. (XII) New Copepod Fauna from the San Diego Region, by Calvin Olin Esterly, Pp. 53-92, plates 9-14. December, 1906 2.....0..3 222. Ps) 6, (XII) Dinoflagellata of the San Diego Region, II. On Triposolenia, a New Genus of the Dinophysidae, by Charles Atwood Kofoid. Pp. 93-116, plates 15-17. 7. & Discussion of the Species Characters in Triposolenia. I. The Nature of. Species Characters. II. The Adaptive Significance of Species Characters. III. The Coincident Distribution of Related Species. By Charles Atwood Kofoid.. Pp. 117-126. 8. On the Significance of the Asymmetry in Triposolenia, by Charles Atwood Kofoid, Pp. 127-133. Nos, 6, 7, and 8 in one cover. December, 1906...2....222.00 22.2... 35 : 9. (XIV) Ostracoda of the San Diego Region. II. Littoral Forms, by apn Chancey Juday. Pp. 135-156, plates 18-20. ws 10. (XV) Cladocera of the San Diego Region, by Chancey Juday. Pp. : 157-158, 1. text figure. na Nos. 9:-and 10 in one cover. January, 1907. .-2.)2ccecs icici nec «25 a 11, (XVI) The Marine Fishes of Southern California, by Edwin Chapin Starks and Earl Leonard Morris. Pp. 159-251, plate 21. March, 1907. — .75 oe 12. Biological Studies on Corymorpna. II. The Development of C. Palma Bi Se from the Egg. By Harry Beal Torrey. Pp. 253-298, 33 text figures. CE Roya 5.6 1a y ap asa pes cae ein eM SR Senn ey aah NGI TU rr MURA ee rr a 50 13. (XVII) -Dinoflagellata of the San Diego Region. III. Descriptions of : New Species. By Charles Atwood Kofoid. Pp. 299-340, plates 22-23, 2 . Ror 4007 we a ee ne aa ie Foe eS 50 Z 14. The Structure and Movements of Condylostoma patens, by John F. - 3 Bovard.. Pp. 343-368; 21 text figures. September, 1907.........2........... 25 Index, pp. 369-383. ts “vol. 4. 1. The Ascidians Collected by the United States Fisheries Bureau steamer > Albatross on the Coast of California during the Summer of 1904, by ne William Emerson Ritter, Pp. 1-52; plates 1-3. October, 1907........:... »b0 é 2. (XVIII) Behavior of the Starfish Asterias forreri de Lorriol, by H. 8. Jennings. Pp. 53-185, 19 text figures. November, 1907...............-0.2. 1.00 3. (XIX) The Early Life-History of Dolichoglossus pusillus Ritter, by B. M. Davis. Pp. 187-226, plates 4-8. March, 1908......2.0000.2..-.. 50 4, Notes on two Amphipods of the Genus Corophium from the Pacific Coast, by J. Chester Bradley. Pp. 227-252, plates 9-13, April, 1908. — .30 5. (XX) The Incrusting Chilostomatous Bryozoa of the Western Coast of North America, by Alice Robertson. Pp. 253-344, plates 14- 24, May, HOS a ee a ae eee IAN nea Cape eu andb eeniiceanegentticnen 1,00 6. (XXI) On Exuviation, Autotomy, and Regeneration in Ceratium, by Charles Atwood Kofoid. Pp. 345-386,’ with text figures. 7, (XXII) Notes on some Obscure Species of Ceratium, BY. Charles Atwood Kofoid: Pp. 387-393. Nos. 6 and 7 in one cover. April, 1908 .2....22.0...c.eeteececceeeceecteeeseeecne 59 ei sty Index, pp. 395-400. Vol. 5.. 1. The Biota of the San Bernardino Monntains, by Joseph Grinnell. Pp. 1-170, plates 1-24. December, 1908 2. 2oc-..---2-.e-tseecee yesstecereere cece stetenecene 2.00. eg 2, Birds and Mammals of the 1907 ‘Alexander Expedition to Southeastern rere tek” Alaska. Pp. 171-264, pls. 25-26, figs. 1-4. February, 1909. _..........-... 75 AS 3. Three New Song Sparrows from California, by Joseph Grinnell. Pp. Gees . BBR OGOe Arb 10D oe a is ps nel et egnsesien .05 ets 4, A New Harvest Mouse from Petaluma, California, by Joseph Dixon. ub Pp. 271-278, August 14, 1909 _..c.-nccncecicen sce e cence tse eneec snes ectetnneentencen .05 gs 5. A New Cowbird of the Genus Molothrus, with a note on the Probable ee Genetic Relationships of the North American Forms, by Joseph Grinnell. Pp: 275-281, 1 text figure. December, 1909...............--....---- 605 Se ; 6. Two New Rodents from Nevada, by Walter P. Taylor. Pp. 283-302, Co plates 27-29. ¥ 7, A Northern Coast. Form of the California Gray Fox, by Joseph Dixon. Pp. 303-305. Nos. 6 and 7 in one cover. February, 1910...2.:022...002-2-.--0coc-iee eee eeeeee 20 ie i * Roman numbers indicate sequence of the Contributions from the Laboratory of the Is a Marine k SiotoRie Association of San Diego. UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS—(CoONTINUED) 8. Two Heretofore Unnamed Wrens of ae Genus Thryomanes, by Joseph: : Grinnell. _Pp. 307-309. 9. The Savannah Sparrow of the Great Basin, by Joseph Grinnell. Pp, 311-316. 10. A Second Record of the Spotted Bat (Huderma maculatum) for Cali- fornia, BY Joseph Grinnell. Pp. 317-320, plate 30. Nos. 8, 9, and 10 in one cover. February, 1910...--2- ec. 11. Mammals of the 1908 Alexander Alaska Expedition, with Descriptions of the Localities Visited and Notes on the Flora of the Prince Wil- liam Sound Region, by Edmund Heller. _ Pp. 321-360, plates 31-32. 12. Birds of the 1908 Alexander Alaska Expedition, with a Note on the Avifaunal Relationships of the Prince William Sound District, by .— Joseph Grinnell. Pp. 361-428, plates 33-34, 9 text-figures. Nos. 11-and 12 in one cover. March, aa Set Scebce Eton girs cea aeuepeeeet Index, pp. 429-440; z Vol. 6. 1. (¥XIII) On the Weight of Developing Eggs. Part I, The Possible - Significance of Such Investigations, by William E. Ritter; Part II, Practicability of the Determinations, by Samuel EH. Bailey. Pp, 1-10. OCEGD ET F908 eee eS a cere rea hoe ees ey Ree 2. (XXIV). The Leptomedusae of the San Diego Region, by Harry Beal. Torrey. Pp. 11-31, with text figures. February, 1909 2.0... 3. (KXV) The Ophiurans of the San Diego Region, by J. F. McClen-. don. _Pp. 33-64, plates 1-6. July, 1909220200000 on oe 4. (XXVI) Halocynthia jchnsoni n.sp.: A compraherisive tusiiey as to the extent of law and order that prevails in a single animal SEpCies, : by Wm. E. Ritter.” Pp. 65-114, plates 7-14. November, 1909....:2:..... -20 Seo: 50 5. (XXVII) Three Species of Cerianthus from Southern California, by H. B. Torrey and F. L. Kleeberger. Pp. 115-125, 4 text-figures. ecem her, A909 2s Se ns a ie ere pee ee 6, The Life History of Trypanosoma Dimorphon, Dutton & Todd, by Edward Hindle. Pp. 127-144, plates 15-17, 1 text-figure. December, WOO Pee RE aie Ne A Sree ey ae 7. (XXVIII) A Quantitative Study of the Development of the Salpa Chain in Salpa fusiformis- “runcinata, by Myrtle Elizabeth Johnson. Pp.-145-1767= March +1 940s a eee ane 8. A Kevision of the Genus Ceratocorys, Based on Skeletal. Morphology, - by Charles Atwood Kofoid. Pp. 177-187. May, 1910 2...2..icccceccee 9. (XXIX) Preliminary Report on the Hydrographic Work Carried on by the Marine Biological Station of San Diego, by George F. McEwen. Pp. 189-204; text-figure and map. May, 1910 22.0000. 10, (XXX) Bioligical Studies on Corymorpha. ITI. Regeneration of Hy- dranth and Holdfast, by Harry Beal Torrey. Pp. 205-221; 16 text- figures. 11. (©XXI) Note on Geotropism in Corymorpha, by Harry Beal Torrey. Pp. 223-224: 1 text-figure. Nos. 10 and ii-in-one’ coyvor.-- August, 1990 << Sa eS a -10 12, The Cyclostomatous Bryozoa of the West Coast of North America, by Alice Robertson. Pp. 225-284; plates 18-25. December, 1910...........: 13. Significance of White Markings in Birds of the Order Passeriformes, by Henry ‘Chester Tracy. Pp. 285-312. December, 1910.-...2..00c2c0n. Vol. 7. 1. Two New Owls from Arizona, with Description of the Juvenal Plum- age of Strix occidentalis occidentalis (Xantus), by Harry S. Swarth. PDs eBs MAGE ONO Soe Na ae ls ae aes ae 2. Birds and Mammals of the 1909 Alexander Alaska Expedition, by Harry S. Swarth. Pp. 9-172; plates 1-6; 3 text-figures. January, 1911. 3. An Apparent Hybrid in the Genus Dendroica, by Walter P. Taylor. PPPS ATE PEDIMAr Yond OU Rice Se ae ae ae oa eae ee 4. The Linnet of the Hawaiian Islands: a Problem in Speciation, by Joseph Grinnell. Pp. 179-195. February, 1911 a Ried ona A 0PE o 5. The Modesto Song Sparrow, by Joseph Grinnell. Pp: 197-199. Feb- BUNTY 5. LOM ee gh pass ale Ra Nae lem pee eae Sere ct hala co 6. Two New Species of Marmots from Northwestern America, by H. S. Swarth, “Pp; 201-204. February; A911. Sos oe eee UNIVERSITY OF CALIFCRNIA PUBLICATIONS ; > N ZOOLOGY Vol, 7, No. 4, pp. 179-195 ee February 18, 1911 ' THE LINNET OF THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS: A PROBLEM IN SPECIATION BY JOSEPH GRINNELL. BERKELEY THE UNIVERSITY PRESS UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS Note.—The University of California Publications are offerea in exchange for the publi- — cations of learned societies and institutions, universities and libraries. Complete lists of- all the publications of. the University will be sent upon request: For sample copies, lists. of publications or other information, address the Manager of the University Press, Berkeley, California, U. S. A. All matter sent in exchange should be addressed to The Exchange Department, University Library, Berkeley, California, U. S. A OTTO HARRASSOWITZ R. FRIEDLAENDER & SOHN LEIPZIG BERLIN - Agent for the series in American Arch-— Agent for the series in American Arch- aeology and Ethnology, Classical Philology, aeology and Ethnology, Botany, Geology, Education, Modern Philology, Philosophy, Mathematics, Pathology, Physiology, Zool- Psychology. ogy, and Memoirs. : ZOOLOGY.—W. E. Ritter and C. A. Kofoid, Editors. Price per volume $3.50. Commenc- ing with Volume II, this series contains Contributions from the Labora- tory of the Marine Biological Associaticn of San Diego, Cited as Univ. Calif, Publ. Zool. Vol, 1. 1. The Hydroida of the Pacific Coast of North America, by Harry Beal Torrey. Pp. 1-104; plates 1-11. November, 1902.00. c.-...cc.ccsccoees $1.00 °2. A Case. of Physiological Polarization in the Ascidian Heart, by Frank ._ W. Bancroft and C. O. Esterly. Pp. 105-114. . April, 1903_.....02.2.. 10 8. Embryology and Embryonic Fission in the Genus Crisia, by Alice Robertson... Pp. °115-156, plates 12-15. June, 1903......2.220 2 50 4, Correlated Protective Devices in some California Salamanders, by _ Marion E. Hubbard. Pp. 157-170, plate 16. _ November, 1903........ ets) 6. Studies on the Ecology, Morphology and Speciology of the Young of some Enteropneusta of Western North America, hy William:E. Ritter and.B. M. Davis. Pp. 171-210, plates 17-19. February, 1904-.......2... 50 © 6. Regeneration and Non-Sexual- Reproduction in Sagartia davisi, by Harry Beal Torrey and a Ruth Mery. p. 211-226, 7 text- figures, : “May si 904 int 5, oc es Se ae a cr ce ct eat reece 15 : 7. The Structure and Regeneration of the Poison Glands of Plethodon, by- C. O. Esterly. Pp. 227-268, plates 20-23. June, 1904... 0... 1.00. - 8. The Distribution of the Sense-organs in Microscolex elegans, by John F. Bovard. ‘Pp. 268-286, plates 24-25, December, 1904.._.-..00.0.222. ~ 60 9. Some New Tintinnidae from the Plankton of the San Diego Region, by Charles A. Kofoid. Pp. 287-306, plates 26-28. July, 1905.20... «25 Index, pp. 307-317. Vol. 2. (Contributions from the Laboratory of the Marine Biological Association of San Diego.) Introduction. A General Statement of the Ideas and the Present Aims and Status of the Marine Biological Association of San Diego, by _. William EH. Ritter, Director of the Station. Pp. i-xvii. 2 Maps 25 1. The Hydroids of the San Diego Region, by Harry Beal Torrey. Pp. . : 1-43. 22 text figures. December, 1904. 2. The Ctenophores of the San Diego Region, by Harry Beal Torrey. Pp. 45-51, plate 1. December, 1904. NOS; >} and=2-iIn-one: Gover Soo ai a ae ee ere .60 3, The Pelagic Tunicata of the San Diego Se ee error the Larvacea, by William B. Ritter. Pp. 51-112, plates 2-3. 31 text-figures. Jan- : Marys LIOB essai eee te a ase aaa ep ae ge eee apes ates .65 4. The Pelagic Copepoda of the:San Diego Region, by C. 0. Esterly.. Pp. 113-233, 62 text figures. September, 1905 ...202000. occ sceccsseetececeeeeenens 1.25 5. The Non-encrusting Chilostomatous Bryozoa of the West Coast of North America, by Alice Robertson, Pp. 235-322, plates 4-16. December, ss [is easter ee Maron. Sao ae: Binns Pan TR UC era tae ita teh a toy ae bee cee Pep iaee Eo a 1.00 6. Differentiation in Hydroid Colonies parc the Problem of Senescence, ~ by Harry Beal Torrey. Pp. 232-332, 4 text-figures. December, 1905, 7. The Behavior of Corymorpha, by Harry Beal Torrey. Pp. 333-340, 5 text-figures. NOBs 6° ANG TT: BELONG (COV OR ce Bae eae eee sates Sapam pumecnencben 125 8. Dinoflagellata of the San Diego Region. I. On Heterodinium,a New ~ Genus of the Peridinidae, by Charles Atwood Kofoid. Pp. 341-368, plates: 17-19. January, LOO 2 bee cde cig, ea tpat dn tacenane toa dascbinteeneone gas 25 Index, pp. 369-382. ‘ * Supply limited; sold only with complete volumes. UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS IN ZOOLOGY Vol. 7, No. 4, pp. 179-195 } February 18, 1911 THE LINNET OF THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS: A PROBLEM IN SPECIATION BY JOSEPH GRINNELL (Contribution from the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology of the University of California) At the outset certain facts apropos of the discussion to follow should be stated. In the linnet, at least of California (Carpo- dacus frontalis), the male and female are always differentially marked beginning with the post-juvenal (first fall) molt. After the post-juvenal molt, in both sexes, there is but one annual molt, occurring in August. The female at no period of its lfe- time has any trace of bright colors (red, orange or yellow). Neither has the juvenal male up to the time of its post-juvenal molt any trace of bright colors. At its post-juvenal molt the male acquires a first annual plumage not perceptibly different in matter of intensity or extent of color from that assumed at any later or more ‘‘adult’’ period of life. A corollary of the fact last stated is that during the winter and spring—from September until the time of appearance of full-fledged young the following season—there are no male linnets without color. This is very different from the case in Carpodacus purpureus and C. cassini, where the post-juvenal molt of the male leads into an uncolored first annual plumage, practically identical with the plumage of the normal adult female. The above facts are abundantly imdi- cated by the extensive series of specimens in the California Museum of Vertebrate Zoology. The colored areas of the male are: broad frontal band, with lateral extensions posteriorly over each eye and auricular patch, to posterior limit of latter; rump; whole chin, throat, malar 180 University of California Publications in Zoology. |Vou.7 region and chest. In ‘‘high plumage’’ the sides of the head and neck, the whole dorsum and top of head, and even the lower breast, belly and crissum, may be pervaded with a tint of those parts always colored. The remainder of the plumage is of the hair-brown and grayish-white pattern displayed on all parts of the female. In the large series of males of the California lnnet, leaving out the rare examples which are distinctly yellow or orange, striking variation is shown in the tint of the red. But arrange- ment of the component examples by date, from September to July, shows this variation to parallel the lapse of time beyond the fall molt, and to be altogether due to the effects of wear. There is no spring molt; and the notion that an influx of new pigment into the feather towards spring serves to produce the bright colors of the nuptial dress is, of course, without founda- tion. In the fresh fall plumage the red is of a conspicuous pink- ish cast (burnt carmine of Ridgway’s Nomenclature of Colors, 1886 edition) ; there is thereafter a gradual change through erim- son, until by summer a brilliant poppy red is displayed. Attention may here be ealled to the fact that the brillant hues of the nuptial plumage are thus, in reality, determined in the forming feathers at the post-nuptial (or annual) molt, sev- eral weeks after the season of mating, instead of immediately preceding. This fall molt period is generally considered (as by bird-fanciers and poultry-raisers) to be the time of the year when the general vitality of the bird is at its lowest ebb. More- over, the organs of reproduction at this time are reduced in size and in the sexual function to a quiescent condition. It would seem, therefore, that the production of the brilliant nup- tial plumage is not in the linnet coincident with a period of ex- cessive sexual vigor, aS some applications of a current theory seem to demand. (See Cunningham, Serual Dimorphism in the Animal Kingdom, 1900, pp. 36-44.) It is, however, clearly anticipatory ; and here we find manifestation of a most delicate structural complex, so adjusted, as pointed out in the next sue- ceeding paragraphs, as to bring about through purely extrinsic, physical agencies, a ‘‘nuptial’’ brightening of dress at the season of courting, seven to nine months later. eae 1911] Grinnell: The Linnet of the Hawaiian Islands. 181 In an old male in the midst of the annual molt (for instance, no. 14566, taken August 9) we find presented side by side, very brilliant but old and worn feathers, along side of dull carmine, but new and unabraded feathers. Microscopical examination of various appropriate feathers shows the following conditions. In the newly-acquired, unworn feather, the red pigment is restricted to the barbs of the contour portion of each feather, except for their terminal portions to a distance of one millimeter from their tips. These barb-ends, which together thus constitute a grayish band terminating each feather, and all the barbules, are white. In the extremely old abraded (summer) feather these uncolored end-portions of the barbs in the overlapping feathers, and all of the barbules, have simply been broken off and lost, thus removing the grayish obscuration from the bright red in the barbs. The intrinsic color of these has not changed one whit in tone or tint. For a discussion of similar processes in other birds, see Dwight (1900, pp. 73-360). One is again led to remark upon the difference in structure between the pigmented and unpigmented portions of the feather, the former being by far the most resistant, the latter being so adjusted in extent, location and texture as to become completely disintegrated and lost at the end of the winter season and at the advent of the season of mating. As above explained, the apparent great range of variation in eolor in a normal series is largely dependent on season, and is due to wear; and when in each case this factor is given due weight, it is found that the crimson type of coloration in the California linnet is really quite constant. However, throughout its range there occur, though in most regions rarely, individuals of totally different appearance. Taking all available skins into consideration, it appears that the colored parts of male linnets, always taking the wear factor into account, fall into the following color categories: pure red (crimson) ; pure yellow (chrome) ; orange (which is a blend of these two colors) ; mixed (crimson feathers with yellow or orange feathers scattered among them). The 307 males examined and tabulated (Table I), are from 182 University of California Publications in Zoology. |Veou.7 the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology, and the Maillard, Morcom, Swarth and Grinnell collections. An element of error must be taken into account in tabulating specimens in private and museum collections as to category of coloration. With the ordin- ary collector in the field who scrutinizes the birds he shoots, any bird presenting a peculiar appearance is selected for preserva- tion. And, further, where specimens from collections are dis- posed of by exchange or sale, it is, in my experience, the oddities that are reserved for the owner’s series. Hence it appears probable that the real percentages of aberrantly colored linnets to the normal type in California is much less than that indicated in the table presented herewith. In the late winter of 1910 a series of twenty-three lnnets was collected in the Hawaiian Islands by Miss Annie M. Alex- ander, and was shortly afterwards presented by her to the Cali- fornia Museum of Vertebrate Zoology. These specimens were collected indiscriminately, with no realized intention of selecting oddities. Thirteen of the specimens are of male birds, and these, as soon as compared in the Museum, at once incited inquiry because of their peculiar colors, not at all like those character- izing the usual California lnnet. The Hawaiian examples in question are listed herewith in a table (II) arranged to show locality, date and color peculiari- ties of each individual. In the other table (I) the color cate- eories into which the Hawaiian birds fall, are presented pro- portionally, along with those of 294 male linnets from different faunal areas in the western United States. It is a conspicuous fact that in the California series the tints (red, orange and yellow) are, considering stage of plumage wear, each uniform, while in the Hawaiian series the tints (orange, yellow) are somewhat variable. But all the Hawaiian birds are off color. No two of the latter are precisely alike, there being subtle and indescribable differences between any two. This cannot be due to the effects of wear, either, as all the specimens were taken within two months of one another, and toward the beginning of the nuptial period. It is further observable that in the yellow and orange types the colored areas are least extensive; and in the reddest birds of 1911] rrimnell: The Linnet of the Hawaiian Islands. 183 the United States series—those of ‘‘highest’’ plumage—the color is most extended, often pervading nearly the entire body plum- age. In two of the Hawaiian birds, as stated in Table I, which are of the orange type, there is an admixture of yellow feathers, and in one of these, carmine feathers also. As to the history of the linnet in the Hawaiian Islands, I have been able to gather the following data: Bryan (1901, p. 39) states: ‘‘ Hawaiian Islands; introduced.’’ Henshaw (1902, p. 129) says: ‘‘This pretty finch is probably established on all the islands. Upon certain parts of the islands of Hawaii and Maui it is exceedingly numerous and is increasing all the time.’’ In their publications both Bryan (1901, p. 38) and Henshaw (1902, p. 129) describe the colored parts of adult males as being crimson, without further remarks. McGregor (1902, p. 60) records that of five males secured on Maui ‘‘but one was in the red plumage, the others having orange and yellow.’’ As being above all others the person most likely to have in- formation along this line, I addressed Mr. H. W. Henshaw, now Chief of the Bureau of Biological Survey, Washington, D. C. He wrote me under date of July 5, 1910, as follows: ‘‘ While I was in Honolulu I tried without success to ascertain somewhere near the exact year in which these birds were liberated in one or more of the Islands. It is possible that among the old inhabi- tants there is someone who can give the desired information, but I do not know to whom to refer you for it. I think there can be no doubt that they were obtained from San Francisco or nearby, but of this I have no definite proof. I shot a number of the species in the Olaa woods, usually by mistake for other species. All the males I obtained had yellow heads instead of crimson, but remembering that even in California the yellow-colored birds are not rare, I did no more than wonder if the species was undergoing a change of color in the very rainy climate of the Olaa district. If you find that birds from Oahu also are yellow I should think you have hit upon a very interesting case of change of color owing to change of environment, and one worth looking into.’’ In response to inquiry, Mr. W. A. Bryan wrote me under date of July 22, 1910, that he was unable to give any informa- 184 University of California Publications in Zoology. [Vou.7 tion as to date or source of introduction of the house-finch into the Hawaian Islands. He further stated: ‘‘ While connected with the Bishop Museum I collected a number of specimens at various seasons of the year and under different conditions, and found the color to which you refer to vary widely among indi- viduals. * * * While I have written nothing on the subject, my impressions and observations lead me to the belief that the variation in color between crimson and yellow is individual and seasonal rather than environmental.’’ Under date of November 1, 1910, Mr. Loye Holmes Miller writes me as follows: ‘‘I saw lnnets on three of the Islands, namely Oahu, Hawaii and Kaui, in the spring of 1903. My im- pression was that the birds were less brightly colored as a rule than those of the California coast. On the islands of Hawaii and Oahu I do not reeall seeing the yellow phase at all. On the island of Kaui, however, several were seen in the course of a week’s stay. It may serve as some indication as to the proportion in which the yellow birds occurred to state that on my starting out to obtain actual specimens of the yellow-plumaged phase, none were encountered during an afternoon’s hunt, though the ordinary (red) form was not uncommon.’’ The above data indicate that eight to ten years ago there were many red or crimson linnets on the Hawaiian Islands, and that off-color birds were present also, but in smaller proportion. The species was then already widely distributed. I regret exceedingly not being able to obtain for examination any speci- mens collected at that time. The evidence given above is the.only available basis of judgment. While the opinion is everywhere held that the limnets of Hawaii were introduced from California, I have been unable to get satisfactory historical data. From three sources—old resi- dents of Honolulu—I am assured that there were linnets there at least as long ago as 1870. But the parties in question were confessedly not particularly observant of birds. It is supposed that the linnets originally introduced into the Hawaiian Islands were procured from the vicinity of San Fran- cisco. Comparison of the series of Hawaiian birds at hand, both males and females, with a series from the San Francisco Bay 1911] Grinnell: The Linnet of the Hawaiian Islands. 185 region supports this belief ; for they show no apparent differences in length of wing, in length of tail, in size or turgidity of bill, or in intensity or extent of hair-brown streaking in either sex. The only difference is in the color of those parts in the males which are colored. There is no perceptible increase or decrease in the deposit of dark pigment in the females. It would appear that the hair-brown pigment and the red- orange-yellow pigment are of different orders as regards modi- ficational behavior. The latter does not appear to show at all any response to humidity or to light-intensity, as does the dull, brown-gray-ocher category of colors, which are subject to such enormous range of shade and tint in a multitude of bird species under varying climatic conditions. Of eighteen males of C. frontalis taken on the deserts border- ing the lower Colorado River, in Arizona and California, about the most arid region of North America, February 22 to April 30, and therefore comparable in stage of wear with the Hawaiian series, all but two are of the crimson color type, and uniform, accounting for results of greater wear in the latest spring examples. The characteristic color is dull crimson tending toward burnt carmine, this spreading over the whole dorsum and sides of head. Wear brightens this toward poppy red. Of the two aberrant examples in this lot, one is quite uniform orange- vermilion (and thus nearly a duplicate of the deepest orange of the Hawaiian birds, no. 12602); the other is dingy chrome yel- low, not exactly like any of the Hawaiian examples, but of the same general category as nos. 12598 and 12613. There are no birds of mixed colors in this lot. Thus 11 per cent. of this lot of desert linnets are ‘‘off color,’’? and 6 per cent. each are of the distinctly yellow type and the orange-red type. According to McGregor (1901, p. 13), limnets from certain islands off the west coast of Lower California are notably subject to this color variation. ‘‘Among the finches from the San Benito Islands (C. megregori), IT have never seen two alike. The colors range from bright crimson through orange into lemon yellow, with all manner of variations resulting from combinations of these colors and their shades and tints. It is impossible to take any example and say it is the typical coloration. 186 University of California Publications in Zoology. (Vou. 7 ‘The finch of Guadalupe Island (C. amplus) shows more stability in its coloration, but even here we often find birds varying from the normal. Of seventeen males before me, nine, or over one-half, are more or less yellow. In two of these the rump, head, and breast are clear lemon yellow, in a third the feathers are about equally red and yellow, of a pale washed-out look. The remaining six have a few yellow feathers irregularly mixed with the crimson. The proportion of yellow birds which really occurs is probably less than the above figures would indi- cate, as this series was selected somewhat with a view to getting the abnormal examples.”’ Although peculiarities in coloration are used as diagnostic characters of the above two insular forms (Ridgway, 1901, pp. 141, 142), there are also in each case structural features (pro- portions of bill, ete.) which alone differentiate them from each other and from the mainland form. The climate of the San Benito Islands is, according to pub- lished accounts, hot and arid, that of Guadalupe Island, fairly cool and semi-humid. It would seem from what is shown by Table II, as well as from the additional data given immediately above, that neither humidity or temperature, nor both (that is, climate) can be called into account as an actuating cause of the appearance of the yellow ‘‘sports.’’ It is of interest to note that of the native passerine birds of the Hawaiian Islands, which are brightly colored, seven are brilliantly red, and some twenty-one are more or less yellow or orange. These are all quite surely themselves of exotie origin, though so remotely that their affinities are not clearly apparent. According to Gadow (fide Knowlton, 1909, p. 809) the Drepanidae, to which family most of the brightly- eolored Hawaiian birds belong, are probably derived from the American family Coerebidae (honey creepers). The repre- sentatives of the latter family many of them have much yellow in the plumage ; but none of them are red. Among various species and famihes of birds in North America climate has no evident effect on the predominance of these colors. Both red species and yellow species occur in humid and arid, hot and cold, regions. There are, however, most of both in warm, humid regions. 1911] Grinnell: The Linnet of the Hawaiian Islands. 187 As is very well known, California linnets, when placed in confinement and originally red, become. vellow with successive molts during the life of the individual. I am informed by two dealers in caged birds that adult male linnets (of the normal plumage) when trapped and kept in confinement remain red for two years, when abruptly, at the time of molt, they become dull yellow (with no intervening orange stage). When sold for plumage, it is thus desirable from the dealer’s standpoint that their linnets be sold out before the inevitable de-coloration. Mr. Loye Holmes Miller contributes the following suggestions to the present discussion: ‘‘The Mexicans of Arizona and Lower California are especially fond of keeping the species in captivity, and almost invariably the effect is to turn the plumage yellow. One individual whose history I obtained made the change from red to yellow at the age of three years. Reared in captivity, it assumed the red phase first, then during its fourth year changed to the yellow phase. Is it not barely possible that the Hawaiian- born birds, affected in some similar way by the changed environ- ment, assume the yellow plumage at a more or less advanced age ? The longevity of the individual would in this way influence the ratio of yellow to red forms. The absence of birds of prey in the Islands might again conduce to greater longevity; so that the introduction of the factor of senility might further com- plicate the problem.’’ It would seem, however, from the fact that all the male ln- nets obtained or seen in the Hawaiian Islands in 1910 are off- color, that age alone in the individual could have little to do with this condition of affairs, at least at the present time. It would be extremely improbable that no birds-of-the-year should be encountered among so many individuals, when ordinarily, among passerine birds in the winter, birds-of-the-year are in the majority. While results seem to have been brought about through a series of generations of the Hawaiian birds similar to those occurring within the lifetime of a caged lnnet, it does not neces- sarily follow that the same initial cause or successive processes were or are operative in the two cases. Still, this is a reasonable inference. Experimentation on linnets in confinement, in which 188 University of California Publications in Zoology. [Vou.7 various factors have been eliminated by control, might, in con- nection with ecological field studies, go far towards determining whether or not the causes and processes are the same in the two cases. The three color types occur more purely in the lnnets of California. In the Hawaiian series, taking into account the effects of wear in the individual feathers, the two color types present are each much more variable. It would seem that, as Tower (1906, p. 285) found with certain potato beetles, sudden change into a new environment is followed by an increase in the range of variation. As to the nature of the variations in the linnets, whether or not inheritable, there is nothing known. At any rate in the development of the Hawaiian type of linnet, it would seem that there could be no chance for the action of any sort of selection (sexual, natural, or artificial). The characters do not, by any stretch of the imagination, appear to be of adaptive value. Tower found in the case of potato beetles, that the same kind of char- acters may be somatic, acquired during the post germinal period, or germinal, inherited. It is possible that in the Hawaiian linnet the yellowness is heritable, even though the same feature arising in caged birds be obviously somatie. It has been supposed that change from red to yellow in caged birds is in some way caused by change in food, or by general deterioration in bodily vigor, or perhaps due to a lack of a normal amount of muscular activity. The latter would, according to this idea, reduce the amount of the products of metabolism. Some dermal pigments have been described as modified excretory products. Yellow, orange and red pigments are said to be in certain animals the same basally—manifestations respectively of lesser or greater degree of oxidation of a chromogen in the presence of anenzyme. (See Riddle, 1909, p. 320.) I have, however, been unable to find out anything appropriate in regard to the chemico- physiological basis of these colors in birds. That food can be the prime cause of the color-modification in the linnet is possible; but the following facts do not give this explanation more than a remote probability. The crimson linnet 1911] Grinnell: The Linnet of the Hawaiian Islands. 189 is almost if not quite exclusively a feeder upon vegetable mater- ilals (seeds and fruits). In its wide range over the North Ameri- can continent, in most parts of which it is non-migratory, it inhabits very many diverse floral areas productive of foods of great variety. As far as the data go (Table I) the occasional yellow sports do not occur with preponderating frequency in any one floral area. If this is the case over the continent, it is hardly to be expected that there could be any food of extraordinary qualities occurring in quantity in the several separate island habitats, and there alone, that would have brought about the same peculiarities of color. The theory has been advanced (Keeler, 1893, p. 154) that in the evolution of color phylogenetically yellow is a primitive one, and that red is a later development. A fact in support of this idea is the ontogenetic condition frequent among birds, where the young are yellow, the adult males, at least, red. This is quite in harmony with the color formation theory of Riddle. But that the occurrence of occasional yellow examples among the linnets of California may be considered reversionary, is not so apparent. In the case of the linnet, the young are without any bright colors at all. The first color to appear in the lifetime of the individual of the California linnet is, normally, red. We find that lnnets introduced on the Hawaiian Islands, where they have perfect freedom, abundant food-supply, and such all-round favorable environs that they have multiplied and spread prodigiously within a relatively short time, have acquired color characters similar to birds in confinement. If deteriora- tion in vigor contributes to the decoloration of the latter, it does not appear clear how the same cause could be held to have accounted for the former. Even if the linnets introduced on the Islands are actually subject to much more favorable conditions (lack of enemies, more abundant food-supply, ete.), it is not clear to me how this new environmental condition would neces- sarily result in deterioration in physical vigor. It would appear from a survey of distributional behavior in appropriate cases among North American birds, that where one or more adverse factors are withdrawn the species reacts simultaneously by in- crease in numbers until some other check or checks become 190 University of California Publications in Zoology. {Vou.7 operative to an extent to establish a limit of population. There is nothing to indieate that removal of adverse influences results in weakening the vigor of the species. Of course, general decadence of a genus whether or not obviously overspecialized, is an entirely different proposition. But this does not appear to be at all probable in the case of Carpodacus, a genus of very wide geographical range, through greatly varying conditions. The fact that the off-color character appears to be most preva- lent on islands (as those off Lower California as well as the Hawaiian) is to me of greatest significance. Close breeding is known to be in some eases accompanied by various abnormal manifestations. The assumption of the orange or yellow dress in the insular linnets may, after all, be at bottom, of intrinsic or germinal origin. This is emphasized by the conspicuous way in which the color- manifestations of the Hawaiian linnet are in direct harmony with the tyrosin-oxidation idea, as expressed by Riddle. In order that this chemical operation may proceed, the presence of a cer- tain enzyme is essential at the time of feather-growth in the dermal tissues involved. The amount of enzyme produced is quite likely to be an inherited character modified through ger- minal variation. It is within possibility that those individual linnets originally introduced on the Hawaiian Islands happened to be fortuitously of a character deficient in enzyme. This char- acter, as with conspicuous physical characters in many observed cases, might have been intensified through close breeding, until sufficient in degree to bring about an arrested tyrosin-oxidation, yellow or orange pigment resulting instead of red. This explana- tion appears to me somewhat more deserving of credence than any other that has come to mind. Yet this series of processes are of as yet so inscrutable a nature as to make the explanation offered tentative to the last degree. SumMaAry.—In estimates of color characters account must be constantly taken of the complex relations existing between the colors themselves, feather structure, and the process of wear. In all available specimens of the linnet from its United States range the usual color (in the parts of the plumage which 1911] Grinnell: The Linnet of the Hawaiian Islands. 1h are colored) of males after the post-juvenal molt, is red. There occur rather infrequently, irrespective of locality, individuals of three other color categories: yellow (most rarely), orange, and red with yellow or orange feathers intermixed. A series of male linnets collected in the Hawaiian Islands in 1910 are all of the yellow or orange type of coloration. The lin- net of the Hawaiian Islands is known to be of exotie origin. It is believed to have been introduced less than forty years ago, the imported individuals having been obtained in the vicinity of San Francisco, California, where the common red type is known to have prevailed ever since birds have been observed in the region, a period of sixty years at least. The peculiarities of the Hawaian linnet are similar to those presented in rare cases, sporadically, by the linnet of the main- land of North America and by individuals kept in confinement. The foregoing consideration of the various factors which may have had to do with the acquiring by the Hawaiian linnet of the yellow or orange type of coloration exclusively, leads to the following conclusions: Their peculiarities as now presented are not to be considered manifestations of ordinary individual varia- tion, not seasonal, and not the result of individual senility. Going back to the primary actuating causes they must be at root due in some way to change in habitat. The physiological machinery by which these causes have brought about the ultimate results is doubtless extremely intri- cate, though portions of the process are becoming understood. The causes themselves may lhe among a multitude of elements constituting the environmental complex. Evidence is presented in this paper which would appear to eliminate the action of several of the more obvious environ- mental factors (temperature, humidity, change of food, redue- tion of enemies). One apparent circumstance would appear significant, however, namely, that the off-color character is asso- ciated with insularity of habitat. A deficiency in capacity, of the germ, for the formation of the appropriate enzyme may have been intensified through close breeding until the condition was reached where the amount of enzyme produced in the feather 192 University of California Publications in Zoology. [Vou.7 anlage is insufficient to carry on oxidation of tyrosin beyond the vellow, or at farthest, the orange stage. (See Riddle, 1909.) It is not inconceivable that the character of diminished color- production in the new habitat may have been induced many years later than the date of importation, and have resulted from the accumulated effects of some one or more environmental fac- tors, not necessarily the same on all of the islands. But having onee arisen, this character would have been intensified by close breeding, as others are known to be in eases of the breeding of domestic animals. The exact nature of the colors and the manner of their pro- duction in birds seem to remain practically unknown. Solution of the whole problem will doubtless rest upon a searching analysis of the conditions surrounding the linnet in all its habitats, together with experimentation upon living birds under control. But at the present time to assert emphatically any particular factor or group of factors as the prime stimulus, does not seem justifiable. The problem is an attractive one for investigation. In closing this paper, I wish to acknowledge generous eriti- - cism from Professor H. B. Torrey, of the University of Cali- fornia. 1911] Grinnell: The Linnet of the Hawaiian Islands. 193 TABLE I. ENUMERATION OF 307 MALE LINNETS IN THE ATTEMPT TO CORRELATE THE DIFFERENT TYPES OF COLORATION WITH CLIMATIC AREAS. Crimson predomi- Usual nating, but Orange Yell Area Climate erimson more or less red - wa! type of orange type ype feathers inter-mixed Humboldt Bay region, Humid; cool; northwestern California, equable 1 0 0 0 San Francisco Bay region femi-humid; and Santa Cruz faunal cool; equ- district, California, able 59 4 4 0 Coastal region of southern Semi-arid; California, from Santa warm; equ- Barbara to San Diego, able “Tl 10 4 3 Semi-arid; Sacramento and San Joa- warm; equ- quin valleys, California, able 5 0 0 0 Semi-arid ; Modoe County, northeast- warm; vari- ern California, able 18 3 0 0 Extremely Mojave and Colorado arid; hot; deserts, variable 21 0 1 if Central and southern Arid; hot; Arizona, variable 34 3 0 (0) Arid; warm; Northern Nevada, variable 5 0 0 0 Semi-arid; Central and western warm; vari- Colorado, = able 9 at 1 0 Semi-arid; Santa Barbara group of warm; equ- islands (OC. clementis) able 23 5 il 1 Whole western United States; total numbers of individuals in each category, 252 26 11 5 Proportion of each cate- gory in entire number tabulated (294), 85% 9% 4% 2% Hawaiian Islands, Humid; warm; equable 0 0 5 8 Proportion of each cate- gory to entire number 194 University of California Publications in Zoology. [Vou.7 TABLE II. INDIVIDUAL COLOR-CHARACTERS OF 13 MALE LINNETS SECURED IN 1910 IN THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. Coloration* Deep chrome; forehead tending to- ward orange; uniform. Saturn red; forehead tending toward orange-vermilion. Pale orange-vermilion; large area on fore chest, chrome yellow; two albinotie feathers, one on _ throat, one on chest. Chrome yellow; areas sharply defined and rather restricted. Mixed, in all tracts: very pale burnt carmine, coral red and chrome yellow. Pale deep chrome; uniform. Orange-vermilion; uniform. Saturn red; uniform. Deep chrome, tending toward orange- buff; more nearly orange on fore- head. Chrome yellow, approaching buff-yel- low; areas sharply defined. bo Orange-buff on forehead; paler else- where, approaching buff-yellow. Buff-yellow, approaching cream color; the palest specimen of all. Museum Number Loeality 12593 Oahu 12594 Oahu 12595 Oahu 12598 Oahu 12610 Oahu 12601 Molokai 12602 Molokai 12607 Molokai 12612 Molokai 12613 Molokai 12614 Molokai 12615 Molokai 12611 Maui Deep chrome; forehead approaching orange; uniform. * Color names from Ridgway’s Nomenclature of Colors, 1886 edition. 1911 | Grinnell: The Linnet of the Hawaiian Islands. 195 LITERATURE CITED. Bryan, W. A. 1901. Key to the birds of the Hawaiian Group. Honolulu, Bishop Museum Press, 1901; pp. 1-76, pls. 16-80, figs. 1-17. Dwight, J., Jr. 1900. The sequence of plumages and moults of the passerine birds of New York. Annals N. Y. Acad. Sci., v. 13, pp. 73-360, 7 pls. Henshaw, H. W. 1902. Birds of the Hawaiian Islands, being a complete list of the birds of the Hawaiian Possessions, with notes on their habits. Honolulu, Thos. G. Thrum, 1902; pp. 1-146. Keeler, C. A. 1893. Evolution of the colors of North American land birds. Oce. Papers Cal. Acad. Sci., San Francisco, 18938; pp. i-xii, 1-361, pls. 1-19. Knowlton, F. H. 1909. Birds of the world. New York, Henry Holt & Co., 1909; pp. i-xiv, 1-873, 16 col. pls., 236 ils. McGregor, R. C. 1901. Dichromatism in the genus Carpodaecus. Condor, v. 3, January, 1901, pp. 18, 14. 1902. Notes on a small collection of birds from the island of Maui, Hawaii. Condor, v. 4, May, 1902, pp. 59-62. Riddle, O. 1909. Our knowledge of melanin color-formation and its bearing on the Mendelian description of heredity. Biol. Bull., v. 16, May, 1909, pp. 316-351. Ridgway, R. 1901. The birds of North and Middle America. Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., no. 00, 1901, pp. 1-xxx, 1-715, pls. 1-20. Tower, W. L. 1906. An investigation of evolution in Chrysomelid beetles of the genus Leptinotarsa. Carnegie Inst. of Wash., Publ. no. 48, 1906, pp. 1-x, 1-320, pls. 1-30, text-figs. 1-31. Transmitted December 19, 1910. . UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS— —(CONTINUED) es Vol. + eae fe Sie. Observations on the Nervous System of Copepoda, by C. 0. Esterly,. Pp. 1-12, plates 1-2. January, 1906.2......30 +25 wees rx)* Ostracoda..of the San Diego’ Region. 1. Halocypridae, by ~ . Chancey Juday. Pp. 13-38, plates 3-7. April, 1906..:.... pe CAE Ce +30: - 8. (&) The California Shore Anemone, Bunodactis canthogrammica, by >. Harry Beal Torrey. Pp. 41-46, plate 8, April, 1906. 4, (XI) Sexual Dimorphism in Aglaophenia, by Harry Beal Torrey and : Ann Martin. Pp. 47-52, 9 text-figures. April, 1906. Nos: 3and.4-in- one cover. ee et, Aaa See 15 5. (XII) New Copepod Fauna from the San: Diego Region, by Calvin Olin Esterly. Pp. 53-92, plates 9-14.. December, 1906...0.2.2.000oocosssceeae 035 6. (XII) Dinoflagellata.of the San Diego Region, II. On Triposolenia, a New Genus of the Dinophysidae, by Charles Atwood Kofoid. Pp. : 93-116, plates 15-17. 7. A Discussion of the Species Characters in Triposolenia, I.. The Nature of Species Characters. If, The Adaptive Significance of Species Characters. III. The Coincident Distribution of Related Species. By Charles Atwood Kofoid. Pp. 117-126. 8. On the Significance of the Asymmetry in Triposolenia, by Charles ~. Atwood. Kofoid. Pp. 127-133. Nos. 6, 7, and 8 in one cover. December, 1906......5......:... Sees 335 9, (XIV) Ostracoda. of the San Diego Region. II. Littoral Forms, by Chancey Juday. Pp. 135-156, plates 18-20. “10. (XV) Cladocera of. the San Diego Region, by Chasey. Juday. Pp. 157-158, 1 text figure. Nos. 9 and 10 in one cover. Jannary, 1907.2... cece eee -25 11. (XVI) The Marine: Fishes of Southern California, by Edwin Chapin ~ Starks and Earl Leonard Morris. Pp. 159-251, plate 21. March, 1907. .75 12. Biological Studies.on Corymorpna. II. The Development of C. Palma from the Egg. By Harry Beal Torrey. _ Pp. 253-298, 33 text figures. ERG RO Fa esac satire oa cB a apes SURE Sern DU ge bok ceade aw Seatac Mee 50 18. (XVII) Dinofiagellata of the San Diego Region. III. Descriptions of New. Species. By Charles Atwood Kofoid. -Pp. 299-340, plates 22-23. PS ARNT, > EO Mi ce Co esas ohne er Seen are aa 2 emer gina eater a aes 60 14. The Structure and Movements of advice patens, by John F. : ~ Bovard. Pp. 343-868, 21 text figures. September, 1907.03... 25 Index, pp. 369-383. Vol. 4. 1. The Ascidians Collected by the United States cGoharigs Biteny sbkamer Albatross on the Coast of California during the Summer of 1904, by “William Emerson Ritter. Pp. 1-52, plates 1-3. October, 1907...........- +60 2. (XVIII) Behavior of the Starfish Asterias forrert de Lorriol, by H. 8. Jennings. -Pp.-53-185, 19 text figures. November, 1907.....2...222..222.... 1.00 8. (XIX) The Early Life-History of Dotichoglossus pusillus Ritter, by B: =< “MM. ‘Davis. Pp. 187-226, plates 4-8. IMarch, 1908_.........2002 50 4, Notes on two Amphipods of the Genus Corophium from the Pacific ; Coast, by J. Chester Bradley. Pp. 227-252, plates 9-13. April, 1908. .80 5, (XX) The Incrusting Chilostomatous Bryozoa of the ‘Western Coast of North pages by Alice Robertson. Pp. 253-344, plates 14-24, May, : DEO 2 ree aria os ee Beet pes eae aes peat a naam een eat ag 1.00 6. (XXI) -On Exuviation, Autotomy, and Regeneration in Ceratium, by Charles Atwood Kofoid. Pp. 345-386, with text figures. - 7. (XXII) Notes on some Obscure Species of Ceratium, by Charles Atwood Kofoid. Pp. 387-393. Nos. 6: and 7 in one cover. April, 1908 -...2. o.oo. c occ eesesetecceceeeneetece 50 Index, pp. 395-400. : Vol. 5. 1. The Biota of the San Bernardino Mountains, by Joseph Grinnell. Pp. 4-170, plates 1-24. "December, TIO8 oo aso sec sch es cease tt ener everett 2.00 2. Birds and Mammals of the 1907 Alexander Expedition to Southeastern Alaska. Pp. 171-264, pls. 25-26, figs. 1-4. February, 1909 ................ -75 3. Three New Song Sparrows from California, by. Joseph Grinnell. Pp. DEBOGO! A 11 pd GOO ss ic, sag a ag eee esas Wo asa causes ueencekeseageeaadttateeeas 05 4, A New Harvest Mouse from Petaluma, California, by Joseph. Dixon. go Mealy & oy 5 iar aT © ge OU ate os a Rn) nar Foe ne aie HC ag cee CEE .05 5. A New Cowbird of the Genus Molothrus, with a note on the Probable Genetic Relationships of the North American Forms, by Joseph Grinnell. Pp, 275-281, 1 text figure. December, 1909......................-..... 405 6. Two New. Rodents from Nevada, by Walter P. Taylor. Pp. 283-302, — plates 27-29. 7, A Northern Coast Form of. the California Gray Fox, by Joseph Dixon. Pp. 803-305. : “Nos. 6 and 7 in one cover. — February, 1910.2... 3 eo Sake nceenvee 220 * Roman numbers indicate sequence of the Contributions from the Laboratory of the Marine Biological Association of San Diego. = 9 Vol. 6. 1. 10. 11. 12, 13. UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS-(CONTINUED) | . Two Heretofore Unnamed Wrens of the Genus Thryomanes, by Joseph Grinnell. Pp. 307-309. . The Savannah Sparrow of the Great Basin, by Joseph Grinnell. Pp. 311-316. . A Second Record of the Spotted Bat (Huderma maculatum) for Cali- fornia; by Joseph Grinnell. Pp. 317-320, plate 30. Nos. 8, 9, and 10 in one cover. February, 1910.02.22 02sec . Mammals of the 1908 Alexander Alaska Expedition, with Descriptions of the Localities Visited and Notes on the Flora of the Prince Wil- liam Sound Region, by. Edmund Heller. Pp, 321-360, plates 31-32. Birds of the 1908 Alexander Alaska Expedition, with a Note on the Avifaunal Relationships of the Prince William Sound District,’ by Joseph Grinnell. Pp. 361-428; plates 33-34, 9 text- figures, Nos, 11 and 12 in one cover. March, 1910 222-22.000..0 cole Index, pp. 429-440. (XXIII) On the Weight of Developing Eggs. Part I, The ‘Possible Significance of Such Investigations, by William E. Ritter; Part II, Practicability of the Determinations, by Samuel EH. Bailey. Pp. 1-10. OCTOD ET, A LOOR A rh Sta s Se eOE c eo Spak Se Sec une aie DPoipanedievea ; . (XXIV) The Leptomedusae of the San Diego: Region, by Harry Beal Torrey. Pp, 11-31, with text figures. February, 1909: 22.000. . (XXV) The Ophiurans of the San Diego Region, by J. F. McClen- don, Pp..233-64, plates. 1-6," duly; 1909 ees ee ee . (XXVI) Halocynthia jehnsont n.sp.: A comprehensive inquiry as to the extent of law and order that prevails in'a single animal species, by. Wm. E. Ritter. Pp. 65-114, plates 7-14. November, 1909..-....:.. . (XXVIII) Three Species. of Cerianthus from Southern California, by H. B. Torrey and F. L. Kleeberger. Pp. 115-125, 4. text-figures. AIECOMDO, 2A QOD 25cm aca OR es ct ee ance caheaeaag e de Se Reg 5 . The Life History of Trypanosoma Dimorphon, Dutton & Todd, by Edward Hindle. . Pp. 127-144, plates 15-17, 1 text-figure. -December, DIOD roe et ee Nn see a cera aa means SNE ERC ea Ree ee eee (XXVIII) A Quantitative Study of the Development of the Salpa Chain in Salpa fusiformis-runcinata, by Myrtle HBlizabeth Johnson. Py T4621 7Ge= Maron, LOO 2 Se Nene a ene aes . A kevision of the Genus Ceratocorys, Based on Skeletal Morphology, by Charles Atwood Kofoid, Pp, 177-187. May, 1910 -......0020.clkn. . (XXIX) Preliminary Report on the Hydrographic Work Carried on by the Marine Biological Station of San Diego, by George F. McEwen. Pp. 189-204; text-figure and map. May, 1910 2... cco ccn cece (XXX) Bioligical Studies on Corymorpha. IIT. Regeneration of Hy- dranth and Holdfast, by. Harry Beal Torrey. - Pp. 205-221; 16 text- figures, (XXXII) Note on Geotropism in Corymorpha, Dy Harry Beal rarreK Pp. 223-224; 1 text-figure. : Nos. 10 and ti in’ one cover, “August, 1910. 2400S ee The Cyclostomatous Bryozoa of the West Coast of North America, by Alice Robertson. Pp. 225-284; plates 18-25. December, 1910....... Seay Significance of White Markings in Birds of the Order Passeriformes, by Henry Chester Tracy. Pp. 285-312. December, 1910_.....2.....22.... Vol. 7. 1. Iwo New Owls from Arizona, with Description of the Juvenal Plum- aa 3 4, 5. 6. age of Strix occidentalis occidentalis (Xantus), by Harry S. Swarth. Pye DBs LaF OO a eS saa age mR eee pc eae cP Aa Sete Senet Birds and Mammals of the 1909 Alexander Alaska Expedition, by Harry S. Swarth. Pp.-9-172; plates 1-6; 3 text-figures. January, 1911. An Apparent Hybrid in the Genus Dendroica, by Walter P. Taylor. PDS LSE Th SE ORIUALY A TOT a er Oe ae The Linnet of the Hawaiian Islands: a Problem in Speciation, by Joseph: Grinnell... Pp. 179-195. February, 1911 *.....00.0. ee The Modesto Song Sparrow, by Joseph Grinnell, Pp. 197-199. Feb- PUAN Y, DOU Pe ee Cae ihe hehe mee he ee oh IRS Bet bea ceaneaa tN Ze Two New Species of Marmots from Northwestern America, by H. S. Swarth;:: -Pp;/201-204. 2 February,: TOUT kos ae Ss «10 15 UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS Note.—The University of California Publications are offerec in exchange for the publi- cations of learned societies and institutions, universities and libraries. Complete lists of all the publications of the University will be sent upon request. For sample copies, lists of publications or other information, address the Manager of the University Press, Berkeley, California, U. S. A. All matter sent in exchange should be addressed to The Exchange Department, University Library, Berkeley, California, U. S. A. OTTO HARRASSOWITZ R. FRIEDLAENDER & SOHN LEIPZIG BERLIN Agent for the series in American Arch- Agent for the series in American. Arch- aeology and Ethnology, Classical Philology, aeology. and Ethnology, Botany, Geology, Education, Modern Philology, Philosophy, Mathematics, Pathology, x Hyetolony, onl Psychology. ogy, and Memoirs. ZOOLOGY.—W. E. Ritter and C. A. Kofoid, Editors. Price per volume $3.50. Commenc- ing with Volume II, this series contains Contributions from the Labora- tory of the Marine Biological Association of San Diego. Cited as Univ. Calif, Publ. Zool. Vol. 1. 1. The Hydroida of the Pacific Coast of North America, by Harry Beal Torrey. Fp. 1-104; plates» 1-11. November, 1902...00002.0 02.0224... $1.00 2. A Case of Physiological Polarization in the Ascidian Heart, by Frank W. Bancroft and C. O. Hsterly. Pp. 105-114. April, 1903....:.2..2..... 10 3. Embryology and Embryonic Fission in the Genus Crisia, by Alice - Robertson. Pp. 115-156, plates 12-15.7* J ne; 1908 22a 50. 4, Correlated Protective Devices in some California Salamanders, by. Marion E. Hubbard. Pp; 157-170, plate 16. November, -1903........ Sen 5. Studies on the Ecology, Morphology and Speciology of the Young of some Enteropneusta of Western North America, by William E. Ritter and B. M. Davis. Pp. 171-210, plates 17-19. February, 1904....:.....- 50 . Regeneration» and Ncn-Sexual Reproduction in Sagartia davisi, by Harry Beal Torrey and Janet Ruth Mery. Pp. 211-226, 7 text- fiSures eWay, LOOS ewes sass a aa a fe cage gts eee emacs Oe el en ape ewanee 15 . The Structure and Regeneration of the Poison Glands of Plethodon, by C. O. Esterly. Pp. 227-268, plates 20-23. June, 1904... 2c. 1.00 8. The Distribution of the Sense-organs in Microscolex elegans, by John - F. Bovard. Pp. 268-286, plates 24-25. December, 1904.......2.2.02. Ee tao 9. Some New Tintinnidae from the Plankton of the San Diego Region, by Charles A. Kofoid. Pp. 287-306, plates 26-28. July, 1906............ 25 Index, pp. 307-327. Vol. 2. (Contributions from the Laboratory of the Marine Biological Association of San Diego.) Introduction. A General Statement of the Ideas and the Present Aims and Status of the Marine Biological Association of San Diego, by William -E. Ritter, Director of the Station.» Pp. i-xviil. 2 Maps. ~- .25 1. The Hydroids of the San Diego Region, by Harry Beal Torrey. Pp. 1-43. 22 text figures. December, 1904. 2. The Ctenophores of the San Diego Region, by Harry Beal Torrey. Pp. 45-51, plate 1. December, 1904. : fen) ~j Nos. 1 ana<-2 in: One COVET ee ee eee eateab ted ceebaa eaceneeetees 60 3. The Pelagic Tunicata of the San Diego Region, excepting the Larvacea, by William B. Ritter. Pp. 51-112, plates 2-3. 31 text-figures. Jan- pba Peale 0] 7 5 ene oneal es ad alt jos a Dee pened Ope eae Ale ie: Pree Salas Seedy Phys oe Coe .65 4. The Pelagic Copepoda of the San Diego Region, by C. O. Esterly. Pp. 113-233, 62 text figures. September, 1905.2.0000-22. cc eee 1.25 5. The Non-encrusting Chilostomatous Bryozoa of the West Coast of North America, by Alice Robertson. Pp. 235-322, plates 4-16. . December, BOG eae a ac Tih ae ch targa cam aa apes ccasenalpdogican due edna ver egy gwontcnananse 1.00° 6. Differentiation in. Hydroid Colonies and the Problem of Senescence, by Harry Beal Torrey. Pp. 232-332, 4 text-figures. December, 1905. 7, The Behavior of Corymorpha, by Harry Beal Torrey. Pp. 333-340, 5 text-figures. Nos.-6- aitd “7 in! one COVer.?.A sis. csh ates coeeensngeres oth caamnpboptcdans 25 8. Dinoflagellata of the San Diego Region. I. On Heterodinium, a New Genus of the Peridinidae, by Charles Atwood Kofoid.. Pp. 341-368, plates 17-19, January, 1906 ooo. s ccm celas le ceche nee tsnanesnaneestenesneamcanacentanes 25 Index, pp. 369-382. * Supply limited; sold only with complete volumes. 4 + [Su De a! =. ~F 3 : j7 Dyed od Py ‘joc yee ©. Se way? % Sree ae te Te et I be AB ig \ A> be SE Sk he Pe CP a EE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS IN ZOOLOGY Vol. 7, No. 5, pp. 197-199 February 18, 1911 THE MODESTO SONG SPARROW BY JOSEPH GRINNELL (Contribution from the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology of the University of California) Melospiza melodia mailliardi, new subspecies. Type.—Male adult; no. 16687, Univ. Calif. Mus. Vert. Zool. ; Rancho Dos Rios, near Modesto, Stanislaus County, California; April 6, 1910; collected by Joseph Mailliard; orig. no. 7200. DIAGNOSTIC CHARACTERS.—General size large, bill large, and markings broad and dark; resembles Melospiza melodia maaillaris closely in these respects, but shape of bill different, more nearly hike that in MW. m. heermanni. Remarxks.—The bill is the distinctive feature of the new form mailliardi. Comparison with topotypes of. heermanni shows the bill of mailliardi to be, as far as perceptible, identical in all pro- portions, though uniformly shghtly larger. Comparison of the bill of mailliardi with that of marillaris shows the two to be prac- tically identical in outline as viewed from the side; but when viewed dorsally the bill of mailliardi presents a very much nar- rower outline, there being scarcely any indication of the lateral swellings of the maxilla characterizing the bill of marillaris. (See Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., v. 5, April, 1909, pp. 265-267.) In coloration mailliardi is very much darker than heermann, having the streaking everywhere broad and black, with edgings of deep bay, the latter color showing dorsally to the almost entire exclusion of ashy marginings, there being mere traces of the latter. In coloration, mailiardi differs from mazxillaris only in being a trifle less heavily marked on an average, that is, in ‘‘ mass effect’’ of compared series. 198 University of California Publications in Zoology. [Vou 7 gy The type of mailliardi measures as follows: wing, 63.9 mm. ; tail, 61.5; tarsus, 21; culmen, 13; bill from nostril, 9.6; depth of bill, 7.5: width of maxilla at nostrils, 6.3. The only material at hand of the new form is the series of twenty-five skins placed at my disposal by Mr. Joseph Maillard, all taken by him on or near the Rancho Dos Rios, located at the confluence of the Tuolumne and San Joaquin rivers in Stanislaus County, near Modesto. I have no notion, whatever, as to what may be the subspecifie status of song sparrows through the San Joaquin Valley either north or south of this point. Confluence of mailliardi with marillaris to the northward, and with heer- mann to the southward, may be presumed to exist. But I have not the least grounds for proof of true intergradation. Inter- gradation between forms of Melospiza has been confidently as- sumed in several eases, when subsequent careful field work has shown none to exist; for instance, between MW. c. heermanni and M. c. samuelis, and M. c. saltonis and M. c. cooperit. The writer has as yet no access to song sparrows from the bed of the great San Joaquin-Sacramento basin, except from two limited localities —the Suisun marshes and the vicinity of Modesto. Besides the twenty-five examples of M. m. mailliardi forming the basis of this study, there are three other skins in the Mail- hard collection from the Modesto region, which I refer with very little hesitation to M. m. maxrillaris. It might be urged that these three specimens are merely indi- vidual extremes of the form the mode of which coincides with the characterization of mailiardi, as given above. Two reasons may, however, be given for considering these examples maxillaris rather than madliardi with which they occurred. (1) In the Museum series of fifty-five song sparrows from the habitat of mazxillaris, there is not one individual varying so far toward the typical mailliardi that any question regarding its determination as maxillaris might possibly be raised. The reverse, namely that specimens exactly like marillaris might occur as variants of mailliardi, is therefore not to be expected. This is particularly improbable when we consider that there are but twenty-eight specimens all told from the Modesto region. (2) The three specimens in question are of midwinter dates: 1911] Grinnell: The Modesto Song Sparrow. 199 no. 7165 (coll. J. and J. W. Mailliard), November 30; no. 7175, December 17; no. 7183, January 17. It will appear most reasonable, therefore, to assign these examples exactly as their characters indicate, and to consider them individuals of ma.il- laris; not as migrants, since the song sparrows of California, with the exception of M. m. montana, are non-migratory in the ordinary sense, but rather as stragglers invading a region not far distant from their birthplace as a result of the fall scattering movement. The latter consists in an emigration of certain indi- viduals radially ; but no fixed lines are followed, and no definite distances traversed. Individuals surviving the interim are be- heved to find their way back to some congenial locality near the starting point. This annual phenomenon is well known to affect even the most sedentary species and to involve birds-of-the-year chiefly if not altogether, leading them to visit for a few months in fall and winter regions not regularly inhabited by the species. The type and a cotype of the new song sparrow herein de- seribed have been presented to the California Museum of Verte- brate Zoology by Mr. Joseph Mailhard. It has been through his special effort that the type series has become available, he having at the outset recognized the peculiarities of the form represented. It is quite proper, therefore, that the new bird be designated by the name chosen. Transmitted January 6, 1911. ; UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS—(ConTINUED) Vol. 3. 1. Some Observations on the Nervous System of Copepoda, by Cc. Oo. ‘Vol. 4. Vol. 5. Esterly. Pp. 1-12, plates 1-2. January, 1906... io. 2. (IX)* Ostracoda of the San Diego Region. 1, slaloeypridae, by Chancey Juday. Pp. 13-38, plates 3-7.. April, 1906.02.00... 32... 3. (X) The California Shore Anemone, Bunodactis zanthogrammica, by Harry Beal Torrey. Pp. 41-46, plate 8, April, 1906. 4, (XT) Sexual Dimorphism in Aglaophenia, by Harry Beal Torrey and Ann Martin. Pp. 47-52; 9 text-figures. April, 1906, INOS. OC -8ndc4: in one: cower. A et es 6. (XII) New Copepod Fauna from the San’ Diego Region, by Calvin Olin Esterly. Pp. 53-92, plates 9-14.. December, 1906........0..0 0c. 6. (XII) Dinoflagellata of the San Diego Region, II. On Triposolenia, a - New Genus of the Dinophysidae, by Charles Atwood Kofoid. Pp. 93-116, plates 15-17, 7..A Discussion of the Species Characters in Triposolenia. I. The Nature of Species Characters. II. The Adaptive Significance of Species Characters,- III. The Coincident Distribution of Related Species. By Charles Atwood Kofoid. Pp. 117-126: 8. On the Significance of the Asymmetry in Triposolenia, by Charles Atwood Kofoid. » Pp. 127-133, Nos, 6, 7, and 8 in one cover. December, 1906.00.20... 9. (XIV) Ostracoda of the San Diego Region. II. Littoral Forms, by Chancey Juday. Pp. 135-156, plates 18-20. 10. (XV) Cladocera of the San Diego Region, by Chancey Juday. Pp. 157-158, 1 text figure. Nos. 9 and 10 in one cover. Jannary, 1907.20.00: cee 11, (XVI) The Marine Fishes of Southern. California, by Edwin Chapin Starks and Harl Leonard Morris. Pp. 159-251, plate 21. March, 1907. 12. Biological Studies on Corymorpna. II. The Development of C. Palma from-the Egg. -By Harry Beal Torrey. Pp. 253-298, 33 text figures. S five c Fetal AST eho ieetlne, kes See ak acy ed ae ese Gas ee tc Cee CR Ge ope RRs os Se 13. (XVI) Dinoflagellata of the San Diego Region. III. Descriptions of New Species. By Charles Atwood Kofoid. Pp. 299-340, plates 22-23. PR DY gs VOOT 2s ee ee cep: Asche kee Ce he Soa et ean ee ee 14. The Structure and Movements of .Condylostoma. patens, by. John F. * Bovard. Pp. 343-368, 21 text figures. .September, 1907.......2..-2... esas Index, Pp. 369-383, 1, The Ascidians Collected by the United States Fisheries Bureau steamer Albatross on-the Coast of California during the Summer of 1904, by William Emerson Ritter. Pp. 1-52, plates 1-3. October, 1907.......:.... 2. (XVIII) Behavior of the Starfish Asterias forreri de Lorriol, by H. 8. Jennings. Pp. 53-185, 19 text figures. ‘November, 1907...............0. 38. (XIX) The Early Life-History of Dotichoglossus pusillus Ritter, by B. M. Davis. Pp. .187-226, plates 4-8. March, 1908_.0.2222:...2.ccsc. cee : 4. Notes on two Amphipeds of the Genus Corophium from the Pacific Coast, by J. Chester Bradley. Pp. 227-252, plates 9-13. April, 1908. 5. (XX) The Incrusting Chilostomatous Bryozoa of the Western Coast of North America, by Alice Robertson. Pp. 253-344, pintas 14-24, May, gS |S): Sapte eet teach ea pein pase tp eet ae aemoE a Sn eae PRA EE eae” AERA OES tn ey Sera irene ne gel 6, (XXI) On Exuviation, Autotomy, and Regeneration in Ceratium, by Charles Atwood Kofoid. Pp. 345-386, with text figures. 7, (XXII) Notes on some Obscure Species of Ceratium, by Charles Atwood Kofoid. . Pp. 387-393. Nos. 6. and 7 in one cover. April, 1908............2...2:0..2: Sense xysibeasosues Index, pp. 395-400. = 1. The Biota of the San Bernardino Mountains, by Joseph Grinnell. Pp. 1-170; plates 4-24. December;1908 22.0. ce 5 eee 2. Birds and Mammals of the 1967 Alexander Expedition to Southeastern Alaska. Pp. 171-264, pls. 25-26, figs. 1-4. February, 1909 -..2.............. . 8) Three New Song Sparrows from California, by Joseph:Grinnell. Pp. OGB-O69. =A rik: OFA DOD ee ae a pt ceca cens Seat rn nnphseaoeecceewe 4.-A New Harvest Mouse from Petaluma, California, by Joseph Dixon. Pps. 271-273) Avenst 145.1900: sh ie ee ee 5, A New Cowbird of the Genus Molothrus, with a note on the Probable Genetic Relationships of the North American: Forms, by. Joseph Grinnell. Pp. 275-281, 1 text figure. December, 1909.-.............-...205...- 6. Two New Rodents from Nevada, by. Walter P. Taylor. Pp. 283-302, plates 27-29. 7. A Northern Coast Form of the California Gray Fon by Joseph Dixon. Pp. 303-305, Nos. 6 and 7 in one -cover.. February, 1910.......00.20 00 i..lcee-ccee eee .20 * Roman numbers indicate sequence of the Contributions from the Laboratory of the Marine Biological Association of San Diego. UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS—(CONTINUED) 8. Two Heretofore Unnamed Wrens of the Genus Thryomanes, by Joseph Grinnell. -Pp. 307-309. 9. The Savannah Sparrow of the Great Basin, by Joseph Grinnell. Pp. 311-316. 10. A Second Record of the Spotted Bat (Huderma maculatum) for Cali- — fornia, by Joseph Grinnell. Pp. 317-320, plate 30. Nos, 8, 9; and 10.in one cover: February, 19102..2.20.0.-..2.cc00icccceecl 11. Mammals -of the 1908 Alexander Alaska Expedition, with Descriptions of the Localities Visited and Notes on the Flora of the Prince Wil- liam Sound Region, by Edmund Heller. Pp. 321-360, plates 31-32. 12. Birds of the 1908 Alexander Alaska Expedition, with a ‘Note on the Avifaunal Relationships of the Prince William Sound District, by Joseph Grinnell. Pp. 361-428, plates 33-34, 9 text-figures. Nos..11: and:.12 in one cover, March; 1910-22. aa: Index, pp. 429-440. Vol. 6. 1. (XXIII) On the Weight of Developing Eggs. Part I, The Possible Significance of Such Investigations, by William E. Ritter; Part I, Practicability of the Determinations, by Samuel E. Bailey. Pp. 1-10. OCtOVEY TSO Be eS ON aa gt cee ae a eae ok 2. (XXIV) The Leptomedusae of the San Diego Region, by Harry Beal Torrey. Pp, 11-31, with text figures. February, 1909 -.......2..2..... 8. (XXV) The Ophiurans of the San. Diego Region, by J. Fs McClen- don. Pp. 33-64, plates 1-6. July, 1909 Sepa en ewe ween en aene enn ene cect ennnncenccereseoess 4. (XXVI) Halocynthia jchnsoni n.sp.: A comprehensive inquiry as to - the extent of law-and order that prevails in a single animal species, by Wm. E. Ritter. Pp. 65-114, plates 7-14. .November, 1909...3._.. 5. (XXVII) Three Species of Cerianthus from Southern California, by H. B, Torrey and F. L. Kleeberger. Pp. 115-125; 4 text-figures. December, FOOSE eS EO EGS Se a The Life History of Trypanosoma Dimorphon, Dutton & Todd, by - Edward Hindle. Pp. 127-144, plates 15-17, 1 text-figure. December, 1909 >. eer rere ert rrr er errr rrr tr) as (XXVIII) A Quantitative Study of the Development of the Salpa . Chain in Salpa fusiformis-runcinata, by Myrtle Elizabeth dorcoro sin PR. 145-1763: aren, TON See oo A toe eae ce 8. A Revision of the Genus Ceratocorys, Based on Skeletal Manplosy. by Charles Atwood Kofoid.- Pp. 177-187. May, 1910. .2...0.22.2.-..cseetesee 9. (XXIX) Preliminary Report on the Hydrographic Work Carried on by the Marine Biological Station of San Diego, by George F. McEwen, Pp. 189-204; text-figure and map. May, 1910. -.2..-.2223.- eee -10. (XXX) Bioligical Studies on Corymorpha. III. Regeneration of Hy- dranth and. Holdfast, by Harry Beal Torrey. Pp. a 221;-16 ee figures. 11. (XXXII) Note on Geotropism in Corymorpha, by Harry Beal ee Pp. 223-224; 1 text-figure. Nos. 10 and 11‘in one‘covers \Augast,:1950 25a ee 12. The Cyclostomatous-Bryozoa of the West Coast of North America, by Alice Robertson. Pp. 225-284; plates 18-25, December,:1910............ 13. Significance of White Markings in Birds of the Order Passeriformes, by Henry Chester Tracy. Pp. 285-312. December, 1910.22.02... Vol. 7. 1. Two New Owls from Arizona, with Description of the Juvenal Plum- age of Stria occidentalis occidentalis (Xantus), by Harry S. Swarth. PDs T= Ba Ty EOE Oe a Rare SO ie ete ace ae eae 2. Birds and Mammals of the 1909 Alexander Alaska. Expedition, by Harry S. Swarth. Pp. 9-172; plates 1-6;.8 text-figures. January, 1911. 3. An Apparent Hybrid in the Genus Dendroica, by Walter. P. Taylor. PPS ISL 776 SFO BruUapy, BOUT ey re eae eae ee Ss Se eee gine 4, The Linnet of the Hawaiian Islands: a Problem in Speciation, by Joseph Grinnell... Pp.-179-195. February, BS 1 Bs Redhapskese thos 2h ae abe « 5, The Modesto Song Sparrow, by Joseph Grinnell. Pp. 197-199. Feb- FUALY; AOE: car es Ok ores ee ene a a oa art Pune rereas 6. Two New Species of Marmots from Northwestern America, by H. S. Swarth..:Pp,201-204. “February, 191 Lis che a a aS UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS Note.—The University of California Publications are offered in exchange for the publi- cations of learned societies and institutions, universities and libraries. Complete lists of all the publications of the University will be sent upon request. For sample copies, lists of publications or other information, address the Manager of the University Press, Berkeley, California, U. S. A. All matter sent in exchange should be addressed to The Exchange Department, University Library, Berkeley, California, U. S. A. OTTO HARRASSOWITZ R. FRIEDLAENDER & SOHN LEIPZIG BERLIN Agent for the series in American Arch- Agent for the series in American Arch- aeology and Ethnology, Classical Philology, aeology and Ethnology, Botany, Geology, Education, Modern Philology, Philosophy, Mathematics, Pathology, Physiology, Zool- Psychology. ogy, and Memoirs. ZOOLOGY.—W. E. Ritter and C. A. Kofoid, Editors. Price per volume $3. 50. Commenc- ing with Volume II, this series contains Contributions from the Labora- tory of the Marine Biological Association of San Prat Cited as Univ. Calif. Publ, Zool. Vol. 1. 1. The Hydroida of the Pacific Coast of North America, by Harry Beal « Torrey. Pp. 1-104; plates -1-11.. November, - 1902.20... $1.00. 2. A Case of Physiological Polarization in the Ascidian Heart, by Frank W. Bancroft and C. O. Esterly. Pp. 105-114. April, 1908.:...0...... 10 8. Embryology and Embryonic Fission in the Genus Crisia, by Alice Robertson. Pp, 115-156, plates 12-15. June, 1903.22.00... wc 50 4. Correlated Protective Devices in some California Salamanders, by Marion E. Hubbard. Pp. 157-170,. plate°16. November, 1903.......- age ot Studies on the Ecology, Morphology and Speciology of the Young of some Enteropneusta of Western North America, by William E. Ritter and B. M. Davis. Pp. 171-210, plates 17-19.. February, 1904..-.2..2..:. 50 6, Regeneration and Non-Sexual Reproduction in Sagartia davisi, by Harry Beal Torrey and Janet Ruth Mery. Pp. 211-226, 7 text- : HiSUPES ee Way, 1904 ene a ae eee an Sees a ee «15 7. The Structure and Regeneration of the Poison Glands of Plethodon, by C.-O. Esterly. Pp. 227-268, plates 20-23. June, 1904.02.37. 1.00 8. The Distribution of the Sense- -organs in Microscolex elegans, by John F. Bovard... Pp. 268-286, plates 24-25. December, 1904...00.00.00.402.. 50 9. Some New Tintitinidae from the Plankton of the San Diego ‘Region, by Charles A. Kofoid. Pp. 287-306, plates 26-28. July, 1905.......... pe SOR ' Index, pp. 307-317. ; Vol. 2. (Contributions from the Laboratory of the Marine Biological Association of San Diego.) Introduction: A General Statement of the Ideas and the Present Aims and Status of the Marine Biological Association of San Diego, by William E. Ritter, Director of the Station. Pp. i-xvii. 2 Maps 25 1, The Hydroids of the San Diego Region, by Harry Beal Orrey: Pp. 1-43, 22 text figures.- December, 1904. 2. The Ctenophores of the San Diego Region, by Harry, Beal Torrey. Pp. 45-51, plate 1. December, 1904. NOS.71 20022. JRONG (COVER Fe ei eee iacgeie to Se aL -60 8. The Pelagic Tunicata of the San Diego Region, excepting the Larvacea, by William EB. Ritter. Pp. 51-112, plates 2-3. 31 text-figures. Jan- NREY Yd DO acces aa ce segue nn UL yop chien pe weeps sane gma 65 4, The Pelagic Copepoda of the San Diego Region, by C. O. Esterly. Pp. 113-233, 62 text figures: -September, © 1905-...2002....21cc. cscs antec nee pees 1.25 Sk The Non-encrusting Chilostomatous Bryozoa of the West Coast of North America, by Alice Kobertson.. Pp. 235-322, plates 4-16. December, BOOB ase ee cine ist santo oa cheese cade ae vg aonl tego ceeageer ees ceera acee 1,00 6. Differentiation in Hydroid Colonies and the Problem of Senescence, by Harry Beal Torrey. Pp. 232-332, 4 text-figures. December, 1905. The Behavior of Corymorpha, by Harry Beal Torrey. Pp. 333-340, 5 text-figures. Wos. 6 and 7-7it: ON8 “COVEN ears, ccoceee Rasta cc. eating mae eres cctoh uc eaaetnmeee ttc .25 . Dinoflagellata of the San Diego Region. I. On Heterodinium, a New Genus of the Peridinidae, by Charles Atwood Kofoid. Pp. 341-368, plates 27519.) “Sd aniary, VIO eo se eee i ssiecacke ace dtauipeeckadedeebupaaus he antionmiense -25 Index, pp. 369-382. * Supply limited; sold only. with complete volumes. = oO UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS IN ZOOLOGY Vol. 7, No. 6, pp. 201-204 ; February 18, 1911 TWO NEW SPECIES OF MARMOTS FROM NORTHWESTERN AMERICA BY H. S. SWARTH (Contribution from the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology of the University of California) Of the two species of marmots deseribed in the following pages, one, Marmota vancouverensis, is based upon specimens secured on the Alexander Expedition to Vancouver Island in 1910. The other, Marmota ochracea, upon two skins included in a collection of birds and mammals made by C. L. Hall in the Yukon Region, Alaska, subsequently acquired by the University of California as a gift from Mrs. Phoebe A. Hearst, and now a part of the collection of the California Museum of Vertebrate Zoology. Marmota vancouverensis, new species. VANCOUVER ISLAND Marmot. Typre.—Female adult; no. 12094, Univ. Calif. Mus. Vert. Zool.; Mt. Douglas (altitude 4,200 feet), twenty miles south of Alberni, Vancouver Island, British Columbia; July 8, 1910; collected by E. Despard; orig. no. 30; skin and complete skeleton. Diacnostic CHaracters.—Belongs to the caligata group; about the size of M. caligata or M. olympus, but differing widely from either in coloration; differs cranially from M. caligata. (No skulls of AZ. olympus are at hand.) CoLoRATION.—Dark brown above and below, varying through shades from burnt umber to seal brown, in some lights appearing almost black; tip of nose and chin, and an irregular streak along 202 University of California Publications in Zoology. (Vou. 7 center of breast and abdomen, white; a few white hairs scattered over dorsal surface of body. SxkuLu.—Compared with that of M. caligata: audital bullae smaller; nasals more narrow, and pointed posteriorly; palate broader and more shallow. The foramen in the parietal (im- mediately above the auditory meatus, and posterior to the pos- terior root of the zygoma) is very small, not more than half the size of that in M. caligata. MEASUREMENTS.—Type: total length, 720 mm.; length of tail vertebrae, 240; hind foot, 105; ear, 30. Average of five males: total length, 684 (660-710); length of tail vertebrae, 222 (200- 300) ; hind foot, 98.4 (90-102) ; ear, 30. Average of six females: total length, 646.6 (580-720) ; length of tail vertebrae, 198.3 (170- 240) ; hind foot, 92 (80-105) ; ear, 28.7 (24-30). ReEMARKS.—The eleven specimens of Marmota vancouverensis secured are quite uniform in coloration, allowing for the great difference between the old, worn pelage, and the new coat which most of them are’ just acquiring. One is in the new pelage throughout, the type is in fresh pelage except for a patch of old rusty hair on the tail, while the others are variously advanced in the molt, some of them being very ragged, and in spots quite bare of hair. As the long hairs wear off, the under fur becomes exposed, and this fades to a cinnamon or wood brown, many shades paler than the newly grown hair. From the appearance of the specimens secured it would seem that the molt occurs but once a year in this species. There is no indication that a gray winter pelage is assumed, as in M. olympus of the mainland to the southward across the Straits of Juan de Fuca. The area covered by the white marking on the ventral surface varies among the specimens at hand, being most extensive on the type, and almost entirely absent on two of the others. The series on which this description is based was secured in the vicinity of Mt. Saunders and Mt. Douglas, at the head of China Creek, some twenty miles south of Alberni, and within a radius of ten miles. The species is in all probability confined to Vancouver Island, and as far as known to the very small portion of it indicated above. 1911] Swarth: Two New Species of Marmots. 203 Marmota ochracea, new species. YuKON Marmor. TyprE.—Female adult; no. 5872, Univ. Calif. Mus. Vert. Zool. : Forty-mile Creek, Alaska, August 19, 1901; collected by C. L. Hall; orig. no. 477. DiaGnostic CHaracters.—Like M. flaviventer, from which it differs in coloration and pattern of markings. CoLoRATION.—Hairs of upper parts pale cinnamon-rufous basally, with a black central band. On the forepart of the body, from the neck to a point behind the shoulders, the hairs are the same color at the tip as at the base. From the middle of the body to the rump the exposed portions of the hairs are hoary whitish, producing a distinctly paler effect posteriorly. Tail uniform cinnamon-rufous above and below, slightly darker at the tip. Whole top of head from tip of nose to and including the ears, prout brown. Sides of head and neck, including the eye- lids, the same color as the shoulders and sharply defined against the darker brown of the top of the head. Lower surface of the body and legs all around, hazel. Feet and claws black. SKULL.—Represented only by a fragment of the rostrum with incisors attached, and the lower Jaw: Compared with skulls of M. flaviventer these parts are small and weak, the teeth conspic- uously so. REMARKS.—Only two examples of the new species are at hand, an adult female and a young male, both from the head of Forty- mile Creek, a tributary of the Yukon crossing the Canadian boundary. The latter was mounted but has been removed from its stand. Both were prepared with the anterior portions of the skull left within the skin. Those of the adult have since been removed. These two specimens differ from available skins of M. flavi- venter from California and Colorado in various details of colora- tion and markings. They are more yellowish above and darker below, and lack the distinctive head markings of that species. In examples of flaviventer in comparable pelage the head and muzzle are much darker, sometimes black, with a conspicuous white 204 University of California Publications in Zoology. |Vou.7 patch on lips and chin, sometimes including the top of the nose as well, markings entirely absent in the present species. In flaviventer the ventral surface of the tail is distinctly darker than the upper part, sometimes black; in ochracea the tail is uniformly colored above and below. There are no measurements with the single adult example of ochracea, but the skin indicates an animal smaller than flavi- venter. The young individual (about half grown) is practically like the adult, except that the hoary area above is more extensive, including the whole back, as well as the sides of the neck. Transmitted December 27, 1910. UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS-—(CONTINUED) ae LS FOL Oe, BOM: Observations. on the Nervous System of Copepoda, by C. O. Sake Esterly. Pp. 1-12, plates 1-2. January, 1906.0 26 2. (1X)*. Ostracoda of the San Diego Region. 1. Halocypridae, by _ Chancey Juday. Pp. 13-38, plates 3-7. April, 1906.........0- «30 3. (X) The California Shore Anemone, Bunodactis xanthogrammica, by 4, (XI) Sexual Dimorphism in Aviaenuenia: by Harry Beal Torrey and Nos. 3 and 4 in one ‘cover ae PE LEIA De RU SSR EN OL REET oO oe «15 -B. (XII) New Copepod Fauna from the San payee Region, by Calvin Olin .-._ Esterly. Pp. 53-92, plates 9-14.. December, 1906............... 3D 6. (XII) Dinoflagellata of the San Diego Region, II. On Triposolenia,-a . New Genus of the Dinophysidae, by Charles Atwood Kofoid, Pp. : 93-116, plates 15-17. 7. A Discussion of the Species Characters in Triposolenia. I, The Nature of Species Characters. -If. The Adaptive Significance of Species Characters. III. The Coincident Distribution of Related Species. By Charles Atwood Kofoid.. Pp. 117-126. . On the Significance of the Asymmetry in Triposolenia, by Charles Atwood Kofoid. Pp. 127-133. ; : Nos. 6, 7, and 8 in-one cover. December, 1906......000..0020- ccc ceccue Bs) 9. (XIV) Ostracoda of the San Diego Region. II. Littoral Forms, by Chancey Juday. Pp. 135-156, plates 18-20. 10. (XV) Cladocera of the San Diego Region, by Chancey Juday. Pp. 157-158, I text figure. oo Nos..9 and 10 in.one cover. Jaunary, 1907 BE Slee we So RR or ot Mes Re 25 Fe. 11.-(XVI) The Marine Fishes of Southern California, by Edwin Chapin a Bs Starks and Earl Leonard Morris. Pp. 159-251, plate 21. March, 1907. —.75 12. Biological Studies on Corymorpna. II. The Development of C. Palma from the Egg. By Harry Beal Torrey. -Pp. 253-298, 33 text figures. PUG LOD (eg ie ceiea ee Ree ee eT ee ey ~ 50 13.. (XVII) Dinoflagellata of the San Diego Region. III. Descriptions of : New Species. By Charles Atwood Kofoid. Pp. 299-340, plates 22-23. s ge Ne NS 0 RecN rc Me a GM APD ante ere Re COME Oo SIRO AE A PN a TR 50 14. The Structure and Movements of Condylostoma patens, by John F. Bovard. Pp, 343-368, 21 text figures. desis WOR 26 Tndex, pp. 369-383. Vol. 4. 1. The Ascidians Collected by the United States Fisheries Bureau steamer Albatross on the Coast of California during the Summer of 1904, by William Emerson Ritter. Pp: 1-52, plates 1-3. October, 1907.....:...... > ,00 2. (XVIII) Behavior of the Starfish Asterias forrert de Lorriol, by H.-S, ; Jennings. Pp. 53-185, 19 text figures. November, 1907_-..00 00. 1.00 3, (XIX) The Barly Life-History of Dotichoglossus pusillus Ritter, by B. M. Davis. Pp. 187-226, plates 4-8. March, 1908 .22.02.02 ca 50 4, Notes on two Amphipods of the Genus Corophium from the Pacific ; Coast, by J. Chester Bradley. Pp. 227-252, plates 9-13. April, 1908. .30 22 5. (XX) The Incrusting Chilostomatous Bryozoa of the Western Coast of Sy North America, by Alice Robertson. Pp. 253-344, plates 14-24, May, : FOO Ss nae ee ON Be ee a Sea es gh Re ge er oe ee ee 1.00 6. (XXI) On Exnuviation, Autotomy, and Regeneration in Ceratium, by Charles Atwood Kofoid. Pp. 345-386, with text figures. | (XXIT) Notes on some Obscure Species of Ceratium, by Charles Atwood Kofoid. -Pp. 387-393. Nos. 6. and 7 in one cover. — April, 1908 ...002o2o. cece eects heceeeceeee - 50 Index, pp. 395-400. Vol, 5.. 1. The Biota of the San Bernardino Mountains, by yodeok Grinnell. Pp. oy 4et70; plates 1-24; Deeeniber, 1908. ee a 2.00 2, Birds and Mammals of the 1907 Alexander Expedition to Southeastern Alaska. . Pp. 171-264, pls. 25-26, figs. 1-4.. February, 1909 .2.22..........- 275 3. Three New Song Sparrows from California, by Joseph Grinnell. Pp. Bet i PAG EASY Rea 2 0) oo Sa Yes 02 11S eas AR ee i Se Rep PRs Mee PR ae SRS 05 ey % 4, A New Harvest Mouse from Petaluma, California, by Joseph Dixon: ia PH O71-875) | Atigust 14, 1008 si ee ee 05 5. A New Cowbird of the Genus Molothrus, with a note on the Probable ; Genetic Relationships of the North American Forms, by Joseph Grinnell. Pp. 275-281, 1 text figure. December, 1909.-....2...0000.22... 05 6. Two New. Rodents from ‘Nevada, by Walter P. Taylor. Pp. 283-302, plates 27-29. 7, A Northern Coast Form of the California Gray Fox, by Joseph Dixon. Pp. 303-305. Nos. 6 and 7 in- one cover. February, 1910:......... PS ee Cte 20 * Roman numbers indieate sequence of the Contributions from the Laboratory of the Marine. Biological Association of San Diego. Vol. 6. Vol. 7. a 2. 4, D> 8. 9. 10. it: 12, UNIVERSITY OF. CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS—(CONTINUED) Two. Heretofore Unnamed Wrens of the Genus Thryomanes, by Joseph Grinnell. Pp. 307-309. . The Savannah Sparrow of the Great Basin, by Joseph Grinnell. EP. 311-316, . A Second Record of the Spotted Bat (Huderma maculatum) for Gali- fornia, by Joseph Grinnell. Pp. 317-320, plate 30. Nos. 8, 9, and 10 in one cover. February, SSE SSA Ee 2 ic a eats dO . Mammals of the 1908 Alexander Alaska Expedition, with Descriptions of the Localities Visited and Notes on the Flora of the Prince Wil- liam Sound Region, by Edmund Heller. Pp. 321-360, plates 31-32. . Birds of the 1908 Alexander Alaska Expedition, with a Note on the Avifaunal Relationships of the Prince William Sound District, by - Joseph Grinnell. Pp. 361-428, plates 33-34, 9 text-figures. : Nos. 11 and 12 in one cover. March, 1910 -2.....0cccc ene Index, pp. 429-440. (XXIII). On the Weight of Developing Eggs. Part I, The Possible Significance of Such Investigations, by William E. Ritter; Part II, Practicability of the Determinations, by Samuel E. Bailey. Pp. 1-10. DOLODEL, QOS aan a esas hace aan cadena nace thd nape ane res agen dasa ae (XXIV) The Leptomedusae of the San Diego Region, by Harry Beal Torrey. -Pp. 11-31, with text figures. February, 1909 —.2...2022 0... (XXV) The Ophiurans of the San Diego Region, by. J. F. McClen- don. Pp. 33-64, plates 1-6. July, 1909 (XXVI) Halocynthia jehnsoni n.sp.: A comprehensive inquiry as to the extent of law and order that prevails ina single animal species, . by Wm. E. Ritter. Pp. 65-114, plates 7-14. November, 1909............ . (XXVID Three Species of Cerianthus from Southern California, by H. B. Torrey and F. L. ESTES: Pp. 115-125, 4 text-figures. December, 1909 . Se ree re er en iment Peet ee ne er eer errs . The Life History of Trypanosoma Dimorphon, Dutton & Todd, by Edward Hindle. Pp. 127-144, plates 15-17, 1 text-figure. December, TOQOO Seis Ga ae ete ee ea Dee OS Na CS ele AN BLISS WeSC (XXVIII) A Quantitative Study of the Development of the Salpa Chain in Salpa fusiformis-runcinata, by Myrtle Elizabeth Johnson. PP. 245-376. SMarely TOTO: 5 ke ie te ora Mace vec pig: a, eae pee A kevision of the Genus Ceratocorys, Based on Skeletal Morphology, by Charles Atwood Kofoid.- Pp. 177-187. May, 1910 .......ccccece (XXIX) Preliminary Report on the Hydrographic Work Carried on by the Marine Biological Station of San Diego, by George F. McEwen. Pp. 189-204; text-figure and-map. May, 1910 20.2... (XXX) Bioligical Studies on Corymorpha. III. Regeneration of Hy- dranth and Holdfast, by Harry Beal Torrey: Pp. 205-221; 16 text= figures, (XXXII) Note on Geotropism in Corymorpha, by Harry Beal Torrey. Pp. 223-224; 1 text-figure. Nos. 10 and 11 in one cover. August, 1910 ......... eps Bee ao Tee AS The Cyclostomatous Bryozoa of the West Coast. of North America, by Alice Robertson. Pp. 225-284; plates 18-25. December, 1910..:......... ean 13. Significance of White Markings in Birds of the Order Passeriformes, by Henry Chester Tracy. Pp. 285-312. December, 1910.............202 1. Two New Owls from Arizona, with Description of the Juvenal Plum- cae 3. 4. 5. 6. age of Strix occidentalis occidentalis (Xantus), by Harry S. Swarth. i ¢ FANS oR ws Bh ge! 2B 9 OR ES i ice IR i nim OES NLR eae lO Oa Toe, Data ee aS: IR Birds and Mammals of the 1909 Alexander’ Alaska Expedition, by Harry 8S. Swarth.. Pp. 9-172; plates 1-6; $3 text-figures. January, 1911. An Apparent Hybrid in the Genus Dendroica, by Walter P. Taylor. Ep: 175-17 TF CDrdary< FOR se ee ee ard ere ae tg The Linnet of the Hawaiian Islands: a Problem in Speciation, by Joseph Grinnell. Pp. 179-195. February, 1911. -....2....0. The Modesto Song Sparrow, by Joseph Grinnell. Pp. 197-199. Feb- FUATY, VO ee hd 3 eR ete aaa Ree ea Two New Species of Marmots from Northwestern America, by: H.'S: Swarth. Pp.201-204. 2: February, 19st ik ae eee aces ee er rer tere err ae 15 05 05 UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS é, Note.—The University of California Publications are offerec in’exchange for the publi- Pee . cations of learned societies and institutions, universities and libraries. Complete lsts of all the publications of the University. will be sent upon request. of publications or other information, address the Manager of the University Press, Berkeley, For sample copies, lists: —- California; U. S. A. All matter sent in exchange should be addressed to The Pachangs Department, University Library, Berkeley, California, U. 5. A. OTTO HARRASSOWITZ, Agent for the series.in American Arch- aeology and Ethnology, Classical Philology, Education, Modern Philology, Philosophy, ' Psychelogy. ZOOLOGY.—W. E. Ritter and C. A. Kofoid, Editors, ; ing with Volume IZ, this series contains Contributions from the Labora- . Vol. 1. Vol. 2. LEIPZIG, — BERLIN. ogy, and Memolts. tory of the Marine Biological Association of San Diego, + ‘Cited_as Univ. Calif, Publ. Zool. 1. The Hydroida of the Pacific Coast of North America, ‘by Harry Beal Torrey. Fp. 1-104; plates 1-11. ‘November, 1902 ..-. 2.0002 uc 2. A Case of Physiological Polarization inthe Ascidian Heart, by Frank W. Bancroft and C. O. Esterly... Pp. 105-114. April, 1903.2.2.220... 8. Embryology and Embryonic Fission -in the Genus Crisia, by Alice Robertson. Pp. 115-156, plates 10-15. Jane; 1005 1c Ss 4. Correlated Protective Devices in- some California Salamanders, by ; Marion E. Hubbard. Pp. 167-170, plate 16. November, 1903...... 5. Studies on the Ecology, Morphology and Speciology of the Young of some Enteropneusta of Western North America, by William E. banished and B. M. Davis. Pp. 171-210, plates 17-19. February, 1904......... 6. Begeneration and Ncn-Sexual Reproduction in Sagartia davisi, by Harry Beal Torrey and. Janet: Ruth Mery. Pp. 211-226, 7 text-— FEET OS: AM BY, TSO as oa ra See cma eed 7. The Structure and Regeneration of the Poison Glands. of Plethodon, by C. Q. Esterly. -Pp. 227-268, plates 20-23. Jume, 1904.-_....0500 co. 8. The Distribution of the Sense-organs in Microscolez elegans, by John F. Bovard. Pp. 268-286, plates 24-25... December, 1904....005.2003. 9. Some New Tintinnidae from the Plankton of the San Diego Region, by Charles A. Kofoid.’ Pp. 287-306, plates 26-28. July, 1906.........-.- Index, pp. 307-317. (Contributions from the Laboratory of the Marine Biological Association of San Diego.) Introduction. A General Statement of the Ideas and the Present Aims and Status of the Marine Biological Association of San Diego, by William E. Ritter, Director of the Station. Pp. i-xvil. 2 Maps RB. FRIEDLAENDER & SOHN, Agent for the series‘in American Arch- ee aeology and Ethnology, Botany, Geology, = Mathematics, Pathology, Physiology, Zool- pee i Price per volume $3.50. Commence- -~ $1.00 a5 1.00 1. The Hydroids of the San Diego Region, by Harry Beal Torrey. Pp.. = 1-48. 22 text figures... December, 1904. 2. The Ctenophores of the San Diego Region, by Harry Beal. Ln ae Pp. 45-51, plate 1. December, 1904. Nos. 1 and: 2 44 ONG. COVAT ics a a ae $. The Pelagic Tunicata of the San Diego Region, excepting the Larvacea, by William E. Bitter. Pp. 61-112, plates 2-3. 31 text-figures. Jan- re aap las epee Ween Nee SoahO sacs Salt ate IE cere RAT NOIR LA NT Neo e 4. The Pelagic Copepoda or the San Diego Region, by ©. O. Esterly. Pp. 113-233,-62. text figures.. September, 1905200... coo ee lee ccanesees 5. The Non-encrusting Chilostomatous Bryozoa of the West Coast of North America, by Alice Kobertson. Pp. 235-322, plates 4-16. December, VO eS coe eek a cea tas ae aa sees meee hoods Doaep baaspecteateameae 6. Differeritiation in Hydroid Colonies and the Problem of Senescence, by Harry Beal Torrey. Pp. 232-332, 4 text-figures.. December, 1905. 7. The Behavior of Corymorpha, by Harry Beal Torrey. Pp: 333-340, 5 text-figures. Wos.6 And.'7; i ONG: COVER cit ee A cen nese oe 8. Dinofiagellata of the San Diego Region. I. On Siandcatiian, a New Genus of the Peridinidae, by Charles Atwood Kofoid. Pp. 341-368, plates 17-19. - January, 1906: 2.0002 eens Gustaeeuataik Maasorsen Given takeaecra Index, pp. 369-382. * Supply limited; sold only with complete volumes. UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS IN ZOOLOGY Vol. 7, No. 7, pp. 205-307 June 24, 1911 MAMMALS OF THE ALEXANDER NEVADA EXPEDITION OF 1909 BY WALTER P. TAYLOR. (Contribution from the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology of the University of California’) CONTENTS. PAGE HTOeTsTGO) CHANG LATICO tame ten sed ee oS ee ee odes rede ees ZOD CLAVE (GUE TANS OE. TS OEY CGNs ee ae ene ee ee eee 208 GiQeanaree FACCAONETAHST ek 82 el UI Ss Oh Ea se lee ee 208 New Species Described: RG ONMLSMUILECIHUG(LUURL ote ete De ge a Tees See el eS DS STertisfors ett Gran Or Ls Clin eee ew Peer ee ee Ser nn ee ae ee eS ae ei ec 304 INTRODUCTION. The material upon which the present report is based was col- lected during the months from May to August, inclusive, 1909, in northern Humboldt County, Nevada. The accomplishment of this work was made possible through means provided by Miss Annie M. Alexander. All of the specimens and notes resulting have been added by her to the collections of the Museum of Ver- tebrate Zoology of the University of California. The regular collectors in the field were Charles H. Richardson, Jr., and the writer. Miss Louise Kellogg and Miss Alexander herself, who were members of a party carrying on palaeontologi- 1 This is the fifth paper based primarily on the results of the 1909 Alexander Expedition to Nevada. (See Uniy. Calif. Publ. Zool., vol. 5, pp. 275-281, 283-302, and 311-316, and vol. 7, pp. 173-177.) 206 University of California Publications in Zoology. (Vou.7 eal work in Humboldt County in the interests of the University of California, also secured a number of mammals. Loealities represented in the entire collection of mammals are: Quinn River or Mason’s Crossing, various points in the Pine Forest Mountains, and Virgin Valley. Nearly all of the localities referred to in this report may be found upon the Disas- ter Sheet of the United States Geological Survey’s Topographic Map of the United States. The writer is indebted to the Biological Survey, United States Department of Agriculture, for the loan of material necessary for comparison; to Dr. C. Hart Merriam, Mr. H. W. Henshaw, Mr. Vernon Bailey, and Mr. E. A. Preble for the identification of various specimens; to Mr. Wilfred H. Osgood, Assistant Curator of Mammalogy and Ornithology, Field Museum of Natural His- tory, Chicago, for the identification of specimens of Peromyscus submitted to him; to Professor Charles A. Kofoid, head of the Department of Zoology of the University of California, and to Mr. Joseph Grinnell, Director of the California Museum of Verte- brate Zoology, both of whom have directly assisted the writer by generous criticism and direction. Metnops oF MEASUREMENT. All measurements are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. CRANIAL MEASUREMENTS, except where otherwise specified, are taken as follows: Greatest length: length over all, from extreme anterior tip of nasals to most posterior point on skull. Basilar length of Hensel: from inferior lp of foramen mag- num to posterior margin of alveolus of incisor. Zygomatic width: distances between outermost surfaces of zygomatic arches. Mastoid width: greatest width of skull at mastoid processes. Interorbital constriction: width of the most constricted part of the interorbital portion of cranium, including slight lateral bulges just below dorsal surface of skull, when these are present. Interparietal: length, measured antero-posteriorly on skull along median line; width, measured laterally in widest place. 1911] Taylor: Mammals of the 1909 Nevada Expedition. 207 Nasals: greatest length along interlying suture. Shelf of bony plate: distance from posterior ends of anterior palatine foramina to anterior border of interpterygoid fossa (post-palatal noteh). — Palatine slits: greatest length of anterior palatine foramina. Diastema: from anterior base of most anterior cheek-tooth to posterior base of incisor. Post-palatal length: anterior border of interpterygoid fossa (post-palatal notch) to inferior lip of foramen magnum. Maxillary tooth-row: alveolar length of cheek-tooth series, that is, the series of molariform teeth. Height of cranium at bullae: measured (vertically to the basi- cranial axis of the skull) at point of greatest ventral bulge of auditory bullae. Height of cranium above palate: measured (vertically to basi- cranial axis) from bony palate to dorsal surface of skull. Height of cranium above basion: measured (vertically to basi- cranial axis) from inferior lip of foramen magnum to dorsal surface of skull. EXTERNAL MEASUREMENTS are those taken in the flesh by the collector. Total length is measured on the skinned body of the mammal, from tip of cartilage of nose to tip of tail; tail verte- brae, also measured on the skinned body from base of upper side of tail when bent at right angles to body to tip of tail; hind foot, from heel to tip of longest toe. AVERAGES include all the specimens listed. For example, averages of all adults in the various tables are obtained by add- ing the respective measurements or ratios of all the individuals; not by dividing by two the sum of the averages of the males ana females in any ease. Ridgway’s Nomenclature of Colors, Edition of 1886, has been used as the basis for color names. In the following pages BREEDING SEASON is used as a general term, including all of the following: (a) mating period, 2.e., time of running together and copulation; (b) period of gestation, v.e., time between fertilization of the egg and the birth of the young; (c) suckling period, 7.e., time during which young are cared for by parent or parents. 208 University of Califorma Publications in Zoology. ho oe ge aS . Erethizon epixanthum Brandt , Sylvilacus muttalli grangerr (Allen) )"(?) 222 et eee ee . Lepus ealifornicus wallawalia C. H. Merriam (?) 7. inynix barleyar CTE. Mier nisms 2 oes oes eee eee ee ee eee . Canis lestes C. H. Merriam . Taxidea taxus (Schreber) CHECK-LIST OF THE SPECIES. Odocoileus hemionus (Rafinesque) Antilocapra americana (Ord) Marmota flaviventer (Aud. and Bach.) (?) Citellus mollis (Kennicott) Ammospermophilus leucurus leucurus (C. H. Merriam) Eutamias pictus (Allen) GENERAL ACCOUNTS. Odocoileus hemionus (Rafinesque). Mule Deer. Deer did not seem to be common in the mountains. Citellussoreronms 1(@F TG wMilerrieimn)) yarn ee eee eee Callospexm op bulas Gre pies sella iyo reese eee nena eer eee ee . Onychomys brevieaudus C. H. Merriam . Peromyscus maniculatus sonoriensis (LeConte) 5 Je Cingremystouisorsnannss (COR Tal, IMIG IIE AM)) a eras ae nane cee semen . Reithrodontomys megalotis desert: Allen) = 22 . Neotoma nevadensis Taylor PUL OMUTS eC1CO Gane imt a(615.0 Tea) aye) iter ese ee eee emer SAE ONUUIS ATOMS TSS Me eae S ee ee eee eee eee Sorex palustris|mavicator (Baird) eee ee See Myotis Imeifueus. lompacrins aC rie Feces cee ce eee eee Antrozous palladiis= paladins Gli © onic) ies eee eee eee ee a a (2) [ Vou. 7 Pee 213 220 999 ooas aiene 235 see 237 . Neotomay cinerea, ocCerd enitallis i air dieses eee eee 5» (Mierotus: mondax (CO seble: Mier cin) secret ance ene ee ee . Mierotus (Lagurus) intermedius, new species . Thomomys fuseus fisheri C. H. Merriam . Thomomys nevadensis C. H. Merriam SS Perodipusmmicraps levapess@ss lee Mie rr cir see =e ee eee nee eee Dipodomys merriami nevadensis C. H. Merriam .............._.....-..-.- , Perognathus parvus olivaceus,C:, H.. Mermam = 2-2. . Perognathus nevadensis C. H. Merriam 23. Zapus princeps oregonus Preble al 249 es 251 dt 2538 roe 267 Aa As 272 wee 274 Be 288 ee 298 Their scarcity may, of course, have been more apparent than real; for in our bird-shooting we probably frightened many of them from the neighborhood of our camps. However, when it is considered I ———E 1911] Taylor: Mammals of the 1909 Nevada Expedition. 209 that in the Pine Forest Mountains, which are in round numbers thirty miles long and fifteen miles wide, there are ten thousand range cattle, and twenty-two thousand sheep, with attendant cowboys and sheep-herders, there does seem to be good reason for a searcity of deer. The heavy snows of winter drive Odocoileus from the moun- tains onto the desert flat. Mr. F. M. Payne, of Quinn River Crossing, asserts that deer are often seen on nearby meadows during the winter months. This locality is about eight miles distant from the Pine Forest Mountains. Tracks and signs were oceasionally observed by us. On June 29 such evidence was seen on the east slope of Duffer Peak (alti- tude 9000 feet), and near Alder Creek Lake (7800 feet). Two prospectors, located at an elevation of 6500 feet on Big Creek, wounded a large buck the first week in July. Mr. Matthew Price, at the ‘‘Dugout Camp’’ (5000 feet), told of seeing deer tracks around his garden at about the same time. According to Richardson’s notes, entry made at the meadow (8500 feet) on Duffer Peak, deer tracks were seen all over a nearby ridge. A doe followed by two spotted fawns was seen on the mountain-side south of a meadow west of camp. One of the fawns, a male, was secured. ‘‘I was surprised to see them, as I had just been shooting small birds with the auxiliary barrel. When the deer were first descried, they were skipping along through the pines, the fawns often running ahead a short dis- tance. The female occasionally sniffed the ground, but did not see me, though she evidently scented me when I was about 125 feet away. The trio stopped, and the doe sniffed the air. For- tunately there was a group of pines between myself and the deer, which gave me a chance to creep up within range. When I fired, the doe ran a little distance, then stopped, and I was able to get within seventy-five feet of her again. The glands on the hind legs of the fawn emitted an odor resembling pine pitch, only it was stronger.”’ Several cast horns of deer were picked up from time to time. A four-point antler was seen on a ridge near the 6000 foot camp on Alder Creek, west side of the mountains. Deer beds were several times found. One observed on a high 210 University of California Publications in Zoology. |Vou.7 ridge near Duffer Peak (altitude about 9000 feet) was on damp ground within ten feet of a snowbank. The deer usually choose to bed on pine needles at the foot of a boulder. A small hollow is made for this purpose and the brown pine needles on the earth around the bed offer a very good protective coloring. ce ai CCT eOG GL Choe CY een OMe Gi ORO MEN HG NOPE (GrGe GkGiien GeGe LSP 6L GL crite: AO)NS} foyhQ), | MORMC TS Ue tahi(G) GIS ONGIGINELSS, otal L8L OFG 9°OF 6L Lh 17S OG) LE) ES SPA Oe LG Liss i = aiGk 9s ELL 6L 192 Git ber) (0) ME) = as matenGG) an ORG Wh ta tat aes! Bisec [ei ik tL GEG ee Se Smee nO) © 2G0G) ChEe “66 €8 X8so OE GL GS8L €F6 ELV 0G GL Gé tO) GEG, COs eG OiGeeSeGnOpGalsiGly eakihee nko) oS 0G are tS UNS SG: ETE OIE (OG) StS RS Oesie aI Ones L¥V 0G TZ een eee ele a Teen ea ered Be oa IST yates Sie a Fa Sts Do a 2 oS 2 tH IE 4s Se On one = = Poses ia males e: ke BeBe cee Ee sheer toe ea ie Me ® ee = Se. tn veri wo! = 2 = Ee z. fe °° 8&8 Rom ot atic le em as ‘ Es : ee ee AEs Soe a. =| \S \~——————— SJUPMIBTNSBOUL [BIUBRAS) “MOLONPOAYUT 9S ‘S}UIWOAINSBIU SULYR} JO poyjJout 10K ‘QAOGB IO JOoF YOOL Uoyey} Suow1mosdg YJsugy [PIO 7, SPUIMIIINSVIU [VUII}X OL ‘SAOJIWT[[LUI UL ate SuUOISUaTUpP [LV ‘SYN JSo10s7 out “IF 0008 “Yoon Stq Jo prey ‘SU JSeroy out “4F OOO8 ‘Yoouty Sig, Jo pro ‘STIN JSot0yp out “4F 0008 ‘Yeoh Stq Fo proH ‘SYN JSo10 OUT “IF 0008 ‘YolD Steg Fo peoH ‘SUN JSotoq outd “IF 0008 “Yeoltp Stq Jo peoy ‘SUN JSoL0y OUT “IF 0008 ‘Yeolp Stq Fo pwoH “SYN JSoLOyy OUT “4¥ 0008 ‘“Yootp Stq FO pvoy ‘SYN JSoLOsf OUT ‘yoor) Ste “IF 0OOL “MOpRoTT SUN JSoloy outg “IF OOFS “YReq IHN apnyyye sit pure AppRoOrT ‘VAVAGN ‘AGNNO) LATOIWOAHR WoT sisualwowos snywynovp)W snoshwosag MO SENANAYASVIATY VO - SOs So). 9 30) Sod Son Ome Orn ot yupe ATINE [LV¥—xo5 808 STLOS F908 SFOS 6608 TSO8 LE08 ‘ON unesnyy 31 2 10n. yysue] jeyeyed-jsog BUlaysVId Mammals of the 1909 Nevada Expedit ALB]Y[LXRYL MOA-Y}00} ye . ce pe TOT 98 X93 GE SBI S6t TSG TV hr G0 TeL OG9T s}UpV oy} [[B FO asBIAy re ge GOL OOTX0S OF LBI S6L Lee Osh Be 4A [LT “JF OOTP ‘Sutssoay aoary uume~dy 3} Googe 20L Too. . . the rocks on the north side of a ridge near Big Creek Ranch at 1911] Taylor: Mammals of the 1909 Nevada Expedition. 237 an altitude of 4800 feet. The other juvenal was trapped at the head of Big Creek (altitude 8000 feet). ‘The first locality is in Upper Sonoran, but the second is possibly in Transition. Osgood records the species as an Upper Sonoran zone animal. The fact that the three mice here recorded were the only ones secured, although a large number of traps were run daily for two months in localities apparently as favorable for their habita- tion as the places where they were actually caught, seems to con- firm Osgood’s statement (1909, p. 230) that the species is rare. Reithrodontomys megalotis deserti Allen. Desert Harvest Mouse. Srarus.—The material at hand consists of thirty-one speci- mens, twenty-two of which are fully adult. This series presents characters which are different from any Reithrodontomys of which examples are available at this time, and it is only provision- ally that these specimens from northern Nevada are referred to desertt. : A series of Reithrodontomys m. deserti from Victorville, on the Mohave Desert of California, is accessible. The type locality of deserti (Allen, 1895a, p. 127) is Oasis Valley; Nye County, Nevada. Specimens from Winslow, Arizona, from Nye and Esmeralda counties, Nevada, and Inyo County, California, are referred to this subspecies by Allen. Bailey (1908, p. 16) con- siders the Reithrodontomys of the northern part of the Great Basin as belonging to it. From geographical considerations it might be anticipated that klamathensis (C. H. Merriam, 1899, p. 93), type locality Big Spring, ‘‘ Mayten,’’ Shasta Valley, Cali- fornia, would invade northern Nevada. Three specimens of this form have been loaned the writer by Dr. C. Hart Merriam. Two of these individuals are young adults, taken on September 19, the third being a fully adult animal secured July 12. Our series was collected between May 14 and June 17. The Victorville speci- mens of deserti are March animals, so not strictly comparable as to pelage. The probabilities are, too, that specimens from this locality are not absolutely typical of the subspecies deserti. The examples from northern Nevada are evidently nearer 238 University of California Publications in Zoology. \VOU-7 deserti as exemplified by the Victorville series than to either klamathensis or longicauda. As compared with the Victorville specimens of deserti, however, they are paler; the hind foot is shorter; the ratio of the length of the tail vertebrae to the total length is less (see table of measurements). They are distin- guished from Reithrodontomys klamathensis by much paler coloration and smaller size. EXTERNAL MEASUREMENTS OF 22 ApuLT Reithrodontomys m. deserti FROM HUMBOLDT CouNTY, NEVADA. For method of taking measurements, see Introduction. ¥ All dimensions are in millimeters. Z % 3 Sais StScg mee 5 g = S So0 AS 3 e Locality a ig 3 gee gs cs 5 é f= = cee 8187 g Quinn River Crossing 141 67 16 47.5 11.5 8199 g Quinn River Crossing 133 61 16 45.8 12.0 8200 ¢ Quinn River Crossing 127 65 17 51.2 13.4 8193 ¢ Quinn River Crossing 144 71 17 49.5 11.8 8190 g Quinn River Crossing 150 73 16 48.7 10.7 8201 ¢ Quinn River Crossing 141 67 17 47.5 12.0 8209 ¢ Big Creek Ranch 3... uy IN ee fic ee eer dG 8210 ¢ £Big-Creek Ranch 135 66 uy 48.8 12.6 8194 ¢ Quinn River Crossing —... tet oii Re messes 8191 g Quinn River Crossing 136 66 16 48.5 11.8 8208 fg Quinn River Crossing 145 75 IG 51.7 Jet 8211 ¢ #£Big Creek Ranch 143 70 =r ASIO Pps 8195 4g Quinn River Crossing 125 61 15 48.8 12. 8186 ¢ Quinn River Crossing 12¢ 64 16 52.0 13.0 8312 ¢ £Virgin Valley 137 66 Lf 48.2 12.4 Average of the males 136.9 67.0 16.50 48.99 12.00 8189 Q Quinn River Crossing 136 65 15 47.8 11.0 8192 @ Quinn River Crossing 139 66 17 47.5 12.2 8204 9 Quinn River Crossing 139 71 17 51.1 12.2 8202 9 Quinn River Crossing 143 70 16 49.0 ES 8188 @ Quinn River Crossing 142 67 15 47.2 10.6 8196 Q Quinn River Crossing 13 58 16.5 44.3 12.6 8207 @ Quinn River Crossing ...... me LG a ca epee Average of the females 138.3 66.1 16.07 47.80 11.60 Average of all the adults 137.3 66.7 16.30 48.60 11.88 1911] Taylor: Mammals of the 1909 Nevada Expedition. — 239 COMPARATIVE MEASUREMENTS OF OTHER SPECIES OF Keithrodontomys. All dimensions are in millimeters. a LS ee BI S RS eaeee Ss 5 eed colts) = ie 3 ete ac 2 5 & woes eS = ie z £32 228 S z 5 e228 =e = A = = m Average of 58 specimens R.m. megalotis* 134.4 62.2 17.5 46.2 13.0 Average of 128 specimens R. m. deserti* 136.1 69.0 17.4 50.7 12.8 Average of 62 specimens R. m. longicauda* Biff! ale? 16.9 52.4 12.3 Average of 4 specimens R. klamathensis} 146.2 T0.7 17.8 48.4 12.2 * See Allen, 1895, p. 141, ete. 7 See C. H. Merriam, 1899, p. 93. No. 8190, male adult, taken at Quinn River Crossing on May 18 may be regarded as typical of the series. Coloration of upper parts buffy, darkened along the middle of the back by an in- sprinkling of slate-black and cinnamon; general impression of the upper parts more of a brownish than a blackish, differing in this respect from Reithrodontomys of presumably contiguous range, which have more black intermixed; ears hght brown; ear- tufts white with buffy endings; whiskers vary, some being black, others brown; sides of animal pale, clearly distinguishable in this regard from deserti as represented by the Victorville examples, and from klamathensis; deserti has the sides ochraceous, or even darker than ochraceous, instead of pale-buffy, and klama- thensis has the sides similar to those of the Nevada specimens, but darker. Feet white; underparts silvery-white, all the hairs except those on the throat having plumbeous bases; a line of white present on the lower part of the cheeks and around the mouth; tail well-haired, seal brown above, white below. One is impressed at first sight by the larger size of these specimens as compared with deserti from the Mohave Desert. Actual measurements, however, show this greater size to be merely apparent, and due to greater length and fluffiness of the pelage. The length of the tail vertebrae of the animals from northern Nevada is intermediate on the average (see table of external 240 University of California Publications in Zoology. (VoL. 7 measurements) between Rk. m. megalotis and R. m. deserti. As regards the hind foot, it is a millimeter less than either. The total length of the animal is shghtly greater than in either of the two species. This local race is shghtly smaller in all three ex- ternal measurements than Reithrodontomys klamathensis, but in the ratio of length of tail vertebrae to total length accords closely therewith. The same ratio is less in this northern Nevada race than in deserti from California. A slight difference between the two is shown also by the ratio of the length of the hind foot to the total length. The most evident feature of the coloration in general is its marked paleness. It is true that specimens of deserta at hand approach it in this respect, but they do not equal it. MKlama- thensis, at least as exemplified by the specimens at hand, cannot possibly be confused with the Nevada series because it is so much darker dorsally. Apparently any of our series can be differ- entiated by the general paleness of coloration and short hind foot. As to eranial characters (see table of cranial measurements), the rostrum averages slightly narrower than in klamathensis or in longicauda (of which five skulls are at hand); the bullae are a little more prominent than in klamathensis. The skulls, accord- ing to the tabulated measurements, exhibit a tendency to be inter- mediate between klamathensis and longicauda in size, being larger than the former and smaller than the latter, in the following respects: greatest length, width of skull immediately posterior of point of junction with the skull of zygomatic arches posteriorly, and height of cranium at auditory bullae. The tooth row is longer in the Nevada specimens than in either of the other species. There is much variation in cranial characters. Individual examples have the rostrum broad. 1911] Taylor: Mammals of the 1909 Nevada Expedition. 241 CRANIAL MEASUREMENTS OF THREE SPECIES OF Reithrodontomys. For method of taking measurements, see. Introduction. All dimensions are in millimeters. * mee H8e 5 Se: ee Ee S28 gk “ ae BSE NSE P = Shee F Bene Seas s ao as F eee eee ores ba aa eS SD eee ae ee em are 8209 gad. Reithrodontomys m. Gesentis ee 10.0 3.3 3.2 We ese ae 8124 dad. Reithrodontomys m. deserti 20.0 10.2 3.0 3.0 Wott 38.5 8190 gad. Reithrodontomys m. deserti 21.0 9.9 3.3 3.0 7.9 35.7 8200 gad. Reithrodontomys m. deserti 20.7 oR 3.3 3.0 7.4 35.7 Average of all the adults 20.56 9195, 3:22). 3.05 752 36.63 95456 g* Reithrodontomys klamathensis 20.4 9.9 3.4 3.1 7.6 37.2 95457 * Reithrodontomys klamathensis 19).8) 9.8 Sia 2.9 7.4 37.2 97883 6 Reithrodontomys klamathensis 20.8 10.0 3.4 3.1 7.4 35.6 Average of all the adults 20.56 9.95 3.22 3.05 7.52 36.63 7446 gad. Reithrodontomys m. longicauda 20.2 10.0 3.3 Soll 7.6 37.6 3068 gad. Reithrodontomys m. longicauda 20.3 10.0 Sell 2.9 tall 38.0 2397 gad. Reithrodontomys m. longicauda 213 10.0 B35) 3.0 fiat Bio I Average of all the adults 2.0 OOOO oes ON o0 0M (i GOMmomece * Young adults. Comparison of the series and a study of descriptions show clearly that the animals are nearest R. m. deserti. Some of the facts of coloration, size, and geographic distribution here pre- sented argue that klamathensis should also be regarded as a sub- species of megalotis, though intergradation has not been demon- strated. 242 University of California Publications in Zoology. |Vou.7 DiIsTRIBUTION.—This harvest mouse was most commonly recorded at Quinn River Crossing (altitude 4100 feet), where twenty-three of the thirty-one speciméns were captured. Other localities are Big Creek Ranch (4350 feet), 4; Head of Big Creek (8000 feet), 1; Leonard Creek (6500 feet), 2; and Virgin Valley (5000 feet), 1. These records of course serve to modify Allen’s statement of the geographical distribution of deserti (1895a, p. 127) so as to include northern as well as southern Nevada. The vertical distribution is unusual. The collection of one specimen (no. 8213, male adult) at an altitude of 8000 feet near the head of Big Creek extends the range of the species to a level in the mountains at which white-bark pines were growing. The slope on which this animal was caught faces to the south and east. The sagebrush is its most characteristic plant. This may be an example of a tongue of Sonoran attaining to a greater altitude than usual by virtue of its peculiar exposure. A number of plants and mammals more or less characteristic of the Transition Zone are, however, found at even lower levels on seemingly similar slopes on the east side of the mountains, which would lead to the conclusion that the harvest mouse had here invaded Lower Transition. The range of this form of Reithrodontomys mega- lotis deserti is, then, characteristically the great desert flat from 4100 to 5000 feet in altitude in the upper Sonoran Zone. In. smaller numbers the harvest mice invade the mountains where the slope and stream conditions are favorable, possibly even into Lower Transition. Hasrrs.—Harvest mice were taken in the meadows of the Quinn River Ranch by wild hay tussocks, under sagebrush near the creek at the same locality, in the willows along Big Creek at Big Creek Ranch, on sage-covered hillsides, and on rocky sage flats, the two last mentioned situations being located at an alti- tude of 6500 feet at Leonard Creek. They were caught at dis- tances ranging from a few feet to sixty feet from the nearest water. Most of the specimens caught at Quinn River Crossing, where they were the most abundant mammal, were taken not far from Wheeler Creek on the sagebrush desert. Their distribution is closely limited to the neighborhood of streams. 1911] Taylor: Mammals of the 1909 Nevada Expedition. 243 Eighteen of the series are males, fifteen females. Seven of the males secured presented greatly developed testes. These were, respectively : no. 8186, May 17; no. 8199, May 20; no. 8201, May 21; nos. 8209 and 8210, June 16; no. 8213, July 26; and no. 8214, August 4. Four of the females contained developing embryos. These were: no. 8192, May 18, 5 embryos; no. 8196, May 19, 4; no. 8204, May 25, 1; no. 8215, August 8, 3. One female, no. 8207, secured May 31, was suckling young. Ap- parently one pair pectoral, and two pairs abdominal mammae were functional. Six specimens marked ‘‘juvenal’’ were col- lected: no. 8197 2, May 19; no. 8198 9, May 20; no 8203 9, May 21; no. 8205 9, May 26; no. 8206 9, May 30; no. 8212 4, June 20. It is evident that the period of gestation lasts for several months, having begun before May 15 and continuing beyond August 10. The seasons of gestation and suckling overlap very markedly. Those living higher in the hfe-zone become sexually active later than those on the desert flat. The numbers of young, too, according to our observations, vary to some extent. Neotoma nevadensis Taylor. Nevada Wood Rat. Stratrus.—Sinee the description of this species (Taylor, 1910, p. 289) Dr. C. Hart Merriam has very kindly sent me four wood rat skulls from northern Nevada which are probably referable to it, and in the light of whose characters certain emendations must be made in the diagnosis of the species, especially as regards size of cranium. The four skulls are nos. 78283 4, 782849, and 78287 9, all from Deep Hole, southern end of Granite Range, near Smoke Creek Desert, Washoe County, and no. 782899 from Granite Creek in the same range of mountains. These localities are approximately seventy miles to the south and a little to the west of the type locality of nevadensis. The four skulls from the Biological Survey collection evi- dently belong to older adults than any of our series, and are shaped precisely as stated for nevadensis in the original descrip- tion. These skulls are slightly larger in all proportions than our series of desertorum, and so very definitely larger than the 244 University of California Publications in Zoology. (VOU-7 series of nevadensis in the Museum collection. The ratio of the zygomatic width to the length (see table of measurements) is the same in the four as in desertorum; while the ratio of the height of cranium at bullae to length of skull is two per cent. greater in the four than in desertorum. This was adduced as character- istic of nevadensis in the original description. The other ratio, namely that of squamosal width to length, departs from this rule, and is greater than the series of desertorum (Taylor, 1910, p. 295), and very appreciably greater than in our series of nevadensis. No differences are apparent between incisors of the Deep Hole and Granite Creek specimens, and desertorum. The molars are brown as in a majority of specimens of nevadensis. (How- ever, Allen, 1894, p. 243, has shown that this character is not reliable as a species characteristic. ) 7 In order to determine whether the statement given for nevadensis (Taylor, 1910, p. 293), concerning the rostrum, namely ‘‘rostrum in nevadensis relatively longer and more nar- row than in desertorum,’’ would hold for the four skulls in ques- tion, I took the following measurements. COMPARATIVE ROSTRAL AND CRANIAL MEASUREMENTS OF FOUR SKULLS OF nevadensis FROM DEEP HOLE AND GRANITE CREEK, WASHOE CouNTY, NEVADA. All dimensions are in millimeters. Actual length Ratio rostrum to of rostrum* Total lengthy; total length 78283 UB. 7 39.9 34.3 78284 14.0 40.6 34.5 78289 Veet 38.5 35.6 78287 14.0 38.8 36.1 Average 13.85 39.45 35.12 SIMILAR MEASUREMENTS OF desertorum FROM THE MOHAVE DESERT, CALIFORNIA. All dimensions are in millimeters. Actual length Ratio rostrum to of rostrum* Total lengthy total length 5370 ome 38.7 34.1 5374 13.9 38.7 35.9 5384 14.1 38.5 36.6 5383 ipieal 39.3 3on0 6968 14.7 40.4 36.4 Average 3.80 39.12 35.26 * Measured from anterior end of nasal bones to most posterior point on notch in dorsal anterior root of zygomatic arch. + Total length length of cranium, from posterior bulge of brain-case to most anterior part of premaxillary. 1911] Taylor: Mammals of the 1909 Nevada Expedition. 245 These figures prove that the statement above quoted does not hold in the four aged adult specimens. The tongues of the premaxillaries extending back of the nasals are relatively broader than in desertorum, as stated in the description of nevadensis. The hamular processes in the four skulls are very nearly as in desertorum. Two of them (nos. 78284, 78283) show a bay in the dorsal contour of the foramen magnum, the others resembling deser- torum in this respect. A tendency seems to exist in the skulls at hand for the pre- sphenoid bar separating the sphenopalatine vacuities to be actually narrower in old age. Even taking this fact into account, and remembering that the four skulls here considered are extremely old specimens, in them the bar seems to be somewhat broader (especially in no. 78287) than in desertoruwm, though the difference is slight. The mandibles are not less massive in the Deep Hole and Granite Creek series than in desertorum. One of the Deep Hole examples (no. 78284) has the bay in the mandible like deser- torum. Two others (nos. 78283, 78289) have the condition as described for nevadensis. The mandible of the other specimen (no. 78287) 1s broken. Considerable variation exists in the skulls in respect to anterior roots of zygomata. On the whole they seem to be broader than in desertorum. The posterior roots, however, seem to be slightly narrower, even in the larger skulls, which fact harmon- izes with the description of nevadensis. The interparietal in the four skulls is similar to that of deser- torum. The auditory bullae are more swollen, as adduced for neva- densis, aS is shown by the measurement “‘height of cranium at auditory bullae.”’ In the light of these considerations, the most important cranial characters are, first, the greater ratio of the height of eranium at bullae to length of skull, probably due to bullae being slightly more swollen; second, posteriorly extending tongues of premaxillaries broader ; third, posterior roots of zygomatic arches narrower. [ VOL. 7 in Zoology. 10S Publicat rr fo U ty of Cal iversi Un 246 €aG8 9Sr GSES ELT 2006 E8EL L488 SGSST LTTE 49SE SLOLX147S 21S Gels cOrE SVG6E arn <8 Tog ee F'0G oe Ae 88 FOL i? (UE 8ST TS OS iy 0S 0'GG 6 FE 6°66 TSé 0 OF O'S LLU C6L CéL GS IES SOL OTL COLX 69 aS P06 6 6E C’Sé US€é VPP L6s 6 41 0°06 9ST. v8 $ Sl VIL CGT F8 xX 09 TS 6 0G SSS SSE GGé USP 6 GG € 81 F0G VTL Us 9°9OT an LOL OGLX OSG FG F'GG 6 GE 9 OF aot 2h zo eS es eee <. s = 5 42 ge Seth hes =.09 EA Fr =o. SS BT © os i O'ct 5.08 aah Sifts Siesta ec eS see Bi Recess 1) “09 fe 4 sy | a ae ao Bec bre. males = «629 Be oe) to ® B is) BS 8 ie =o [-¥) 2 a ey 2 42 a 5 ) triiteck = ee SES : =. z Bae ee Tod ® ® =. out Be ee ee ee E E ee pay ie ae a, = Se =e Fe E = Y}s ue] e = iY {Sa}BaIS 0} SOIJRY o ‘ oh Oe | Stina Ste SNe ale oe aa ae 1972 2 117 22 ily 20.0 6.4 12.9 11.4 5.8 8.4 Average of all the adults 120s 25:8 6:5. 20:9) 6.0 13.3 18. of = 816 MEASUREMENTS OF TOPOTYPES OF THREE SPECIES OF Microtus (Lagurus). From curtatus (of which an adult male topotype from Mt. Magruder, Nevada, no. 28341, June 7, 1891, Merriam and Bailey, is at hand) intermedius is differentiated by smaller size, except as regards length of tail; ears not buffy, except in one specimen (no. 7972); slightly darker dorsally, this being due to the in- co © © Height of cra- to bk & nium at bullae 2) bo ee is 2). il 256 University of California Publications in Zoology. |Vou.7 sprinkling of hairs which are black rather than dark brown. Intermedius may be said to be grayish, while curtatus is lght brownish. Face of intermedius gray; that of curtatus brown. No. 28341 has begun to assume the post-breeding pelage, the molt proceeding medially, and having appeared as yet only on the head. In general the two species are similar in coloration, but intermedius is definitely smaller, especially in cranial measure- ments, in which the difference in size is relatively great. The auditory bullae are smaller, relatively and actually, the rostrum ‘and incisors are narrower, the Jugal is not so wide; the anterior expansion of the zygomatic arch is not as extensive, and the in- fraorbital foramen is smaller. Although in general the two skulls are much alike in shape, skulls of cntermedius are not so definitely coneave post-orbitally ; notch enclosed by the hamular or coronoid of the mandible not so rounded as in curtatus but more as in pallidus ; neck of articular process of mandible not so constricted ; angular process slightly more scooped out internally. Microtus intermedius is so different from pallidus as hardly to necessitate comparison. A specimen of the latter (no. 110803, female, Glenullin, North Dakota, Sept. 12, 1901, W. H. Osgood) is at hand. It is assuming the winter pelage, which covers the face and top of the head and is gradually encroaching on the back along the median line. The new pelage is much darker than that which is being replaced. Jntermedius is readily distin- guished from pallidus by a lack of buffy on the ears and nose, which is a conspicuous feature in that form. Pallidus, at least as exemplified by the specimen at hand, instead of being the palest of the species of Microtus of the subgenus Lagurus (see Bailey, 1900, p. 68) is exceeded in this respect by both the avail- able specimen of curtatus (no. 28341) and all our specimens of the new species. At the present state of knowledge, the distine- tion of being in general the palest of the species must be accorded intermedius. The new form is smaller than pallidus except in the matter of tail length. The skull is also perceptibly smaller, having rostrum more narrow, though the auditory bullae are shghtly larger. DistRIBUTION.—Although extensive trapping was carried on at several points in the Transition zone of the Pine Forest 1911] Taylor: Mammals of the 1909 Nevada Expedition. 2k Mountains, Microtus intermedius was found only at the head of Big Creek, altitude 8000 feet. Thus the distribution of the species so far as known is a limited area in the Transition of the Pine Forest Mountains, Humboldt County, Nevada. Hasirs—The area in which the intermediate short-tailed meadow mice were caught is a north-facing slope at the head of Big Creek. It is a dry, treeless place, covered with sagebrush. The mice were caught only in the sage, on dry ground, but ranged from near the stream several hundred feet up the side of the ridge south of it. Most of those captured were secured near small holes; and on the slope itself several were caught near and under rocks, under which were small burrows. On one occasion two animals, both adult males, were caught, the first on June 26, the second June 27, in front of the same little hole on the hill- side. This may show that more than one family live in a burrow. The animals were comparatively common. It is peculiar that none were found at any other point in the mountains, though trapping was done elsewhere on sage slopes as favorable to all appearances as the one in question. There were white-bark pine trees on the same side of the ridge below the level at which the meadow mice were caught. Of the six specimens secured, four are males, two females. Two of the former (nos. 7969, 7973, trapped June 26 and July 1, respectively) showed signs of sexual activity, and one of the latter (no. 7968), caught June 25, 1909, contained five embryos almost ready to be born. Since only three of the six show any indications of sexual activity, it seems that Bailey’s observation (1900, p. 6) that meadow mice have no definite breeding period is confirmed for Microtus intermedius, though not for Microtus mordax (see p. 253). Srarus.—The form intermedius is so well characterized as to deserve specific designation. Characters of this species and those previously described show all of them, however, to be rather closely related. The new species is intermediate in several respects between pauperrimus and curtatus. It might be argued that it should be regarded as a subspecies on any other ground than that of the arbitrary criterion of intergradation. But of which of the older known species should it be called a subspecies? 258 University of California Publications in Zoology. |Vou.7 In the present state of our knowledge of the mammalogy of the Great Basin the present disposition seems to be the most appro- priate, since it is impossible with the data at hand to determine definitely its relation to any of the neighboring species. Thomomys fuscus fisheri (C. H. Merriam). Fisher Pocket Gopher. Sratrus.—A comparison of our gophers with a series of six specimens of fisheri from the collection of the United States Biological Survey, four being topotypes from Beckwith, Sierra Valley, Plumas County, California, and two being specimens taken at Reno, Nevada, shows them to be this form. In his description of the subspecies Merriam (1901, p. 111) gives the following average measurements of six specimens from the type locality: total length, 192 mm.; tail vertebrae, 58; hind foot, 25. It will be seen from the appended table that our animals vary little from these figures. The series collected by us was captured during June and July. The specimens at hand from Beckwith and Reno are August and October animals. All the adult specimens taken by our Expedition show definite molt lines. In two of them (nos. 7848, 7852) the molt is about half completed, while in three others (nos. 7850, 7851, 7853) it is three-quarters done. These last were taken in July, the first two in June and early in July respectively. The Biological Survey specimens, with the excep- tion of three (nos. 101240, 101245, 134853) have the new pelage complete. The two series are much the same in color, the only apparent difference being in the color of the throat, which is pure white in the specimens from Beckwith and Reno, and hght gray in the Pine Forest Mountain series. There is a possibility, however, that this color in the latter is due to the soil in which they live, or to a difference in pelage progress. The last is the most probable explanation, as the hair on the throat of each Pine Forest Mountain example is thinner and shorter than that on the topotypes. Over against this, however, is the fact that on the Beckwith and Reno animals the entire hair on the throat is white, having no gray or plumbeous base, and so apparently 1911] Taylor: Mammals of the 1909 Nevada Expedition. 259 could not be reduced by wear to the conditions shown by our specimens. No greater discrepancies are presented in skull size and shape than would be expected as a result of individual variation. EXTERNAL MEASUREMENTS* OF Thomomys fuscus fisheri FROM THE PINE Forest MountTAINS, HUMBOLDT CoUNTY, NEVADA. For method of taking measurements, see Introduction. All dimensions are in millimeters. © he S < 3 bs 3 4 : : a a a 2 E 3 ae seu = wD a = is be pa 7848 3 206 64 26 31.0 12.60 7852 Jb 206 63 26 30.6 12.60 7853 2 181 59 24 32.6 13.25 7850 Q 193 58 25 31.0 12.95 Average of the males 206.0 63.5 26.0 30.8 12.60 Average of the females 187.0 58.5 24.5 31.8 13.10 Average of all the adults 196.5 61.0 25.2 31.3 12.85 * In the nature of the case too much emphasis should not be laid on these measurements, as the examination of larger series might give substantially different results. An examination of the skulls shows no. 7853 to be the youngest specimen the measurements of which are here tabulated. Even this individual is sexually mature, as the uterus contained six fetuses. DistripuTION.—With the exception of the one specimen men- tioned (no. 7853), which was taken at the head of Big Creek at an altitude of 8000 feet, all of our series of six individuals were secured on a meadow on Big Creek (altitude 7000 feet). Ap- parently this is an isolated colony of Fisher pocket gophers. Our records result in a considerable extension of the known range of this species, which will doubtless with further work be found elsewhere in the western part of the Great Basin. Life- zones represented are high Upper Sonoran and Transition. Hasirs.—Old workings, but no fresh ones, were noted on meadows on the west slope of the mountains. Fresh workings were observed at 8500 feet near Duffer Peak, on the meadow in which Leonard Creek heads (8000 feet), and at an elevation of _7500 feet on the same stream. 6 OBS S 2 5 a ‘SLOJOUIT[[IT UL aIv SUOISUATAIP [TV CG IL L661 PL LXPEP 06°9 XEB'F OGL X0S'F GLX SOX LOX PLX Q LX [Bjotteda9yUy VV 66 VIO 689 c8°g V9 we Co gy lias) 95S ian N=) UOTJILAJSUOD [eIIq10.190}UT SL LT 98°9L Cl. 6L HAD AA aa oO & Imet Wer Seale ret ol yIpra Ploqjse yy £606 00°06 C666 L'06 WIP d1IyVUMOSAT “HOLJONPOAJUT 9OS ‘SJUATIOINSvAEM SULYV} JO poyjow LO¥ noH LaTOAWAFT Wout twaysyf snosn{ shwowoyy, 0 SLNANAUASVAIY TVINVAD SL0E 06°86 OVGE = D ins an al mo oS tH ma OS nm oo A JesuaH{ Jo YISUs] ALpISvg ZUFE Supe ayy [[B Jo asvivay 68°66 COE PGE OSS BSé LG§ V9 ,Y suey So[BUloF OY] FO VGRIBAY So SO O+ OF OF xag So[BUL OY} FO BOBIOAY egsL IGS OCS! Bos) an st a i~ “ON tinesnyy 1911} Taylor: Mammals of the 1909 Nevada Expedition. 261 of the soil in which they were found would indicate that they were made by fisher. All the adults showed unmistakable signs that mating had taken place some time before. A male juvenal of the year was eaught July 5. A female secured July 24 (no. 7853) contained six embryos. The gopher of the flat, Thomomys nevadensis, was observed for the most part in loose soil; but equal numbers of workings of the mountain species were recorded in very hard dry soil and soft damp earth. The hardness of the soil seemed not to have so much influence on the distribution of this gopher as some other factor, probably the location of food plants. No workings of fisheri more than twenty-five yards from water were seen. Nevadensis seems to be confined even more closely to moist earth, and consequently its distribution is more immediately dependent on the location of streams. The only clue obtained to the exact food of fisheri was the fact that the cheek-pouch of one of the specimens captured con- tained the head of some composite flower and a small green stem. One example may be cited as showing how these little gophers progress underground. Five mounds were noted arranged in a shghtly curved line, about three feet apart, and all about the same size, namely, eight inches to a foot in diameter. The mound at one end was quite new, that at the opposite end being the oldest. A juvenal gopher was caught in the part of the burrow leading to the freshest mound. The animal had moved under- eround in a given direction, coming to the surface and throwing out earth at definite intervals. In many instances it is difficult to locate open burrows in the workings, as this gopher packs the exits very solidly full of earth. Evidences of the former presence of gophers were ob- served on several high meadows, where tubes of mud, built through the snow when it lay heavy on the ground in winter and left behind when it melted, were not infrequently seen. Their activity does not appear to be inhibited wholly by cold weather. For some reason, possibly disease or increase of enemies, the species seems to be much less abundant at present than it was a few years ago. Among enemies whose increase ? 262 University of California Publications in Zoology. |Vou.7 may be responsible for the diminution in numbers of gophers the two species of weasels, Putorius arizonensis and Putorius cicognani, should be mentioned. It is not improbable that the larger weasel can handle a gopher of almost any size, while the smaller species may prey upon the young ones. It is impossible, however, to state with certainty the exact cause of the apparent dying-out of the species on the western side of the mountains and on many of the high meadows. Thomomys nevadensis C. H. Merriam. Nevada Pocket Gopher. Srarus.—All the specimens secured exhibit the lighter or buffy-gray phase of coloration, called by C. Hart Merriam (1897b, p. 213) the ‘‘normal’’ pelage. The dark color around the mouth varies from dusky to a burnt sienna or chestnut. The fur of the throat is white, the patch varying in extent in different specimens. One example (no. 7860) has a white spot in the mid- pectoral region. In certain old specimens (nos. 7856 and 7863) the buffy white ends of the hairs of the underparts have worn off, leaving the plumbeous under-fur most in evidence. In no. 7856, too, the dorsal surface is very patchy in appearance, due to the same cause. In some places the hair is so thin as to leave the skin exposed. Four juvenals (nos. 7858, 7861, 7862, 7865) may be described as follows: Upperparts uniformly buffy-gray, the gray pre- dominating over the buff; lighter dorsally than the adults; underparts white, the plumbeous bases of the hairs showing through; a very slight tinge of buffy is shown by one specimen (no. 7862) ; throat pure white; around fore-legs and along sides of neck buffy; dusky around the mouth; fore and hind feet and tail whitish; ear and small post-auricular area prominently dusky. Juvenals may be distinguished from adults by the differ- ence in the character of the pelage, that of the young ones being made up of much finer hairs than that of the adults. There are comparatively more of the long hispid hairs on the young ones, though this is not a sure criterion in my experience. One very young juvenal (no. 7865) presents some marked variations in 1911] Taylor: Mammals of the 1909 Nevada Expedition. 263 color; namely there is a predominance of slate dorsally, which blends posteriorly into the ‘‘normal’’ buffy-gray. This specimen has also much more of a buffy tinge on the sides of the neck and posteriorly than the other juvenals examined. An older juvenal (no. 7869) is apparently molting from the lighter juvenal pelage into the darker adult pelage, as a distinct molt-line is evident running transversely across the dorsal surface in the region of the ears and another line, rather indistinct, running irregularly aeross the ventral surface about half-way back. Anterior to these molt-lines the buff pelage predominates. A number of adults, too, show definite molt-lines, which ean be followed on the back of the gopher but are often indistinguish- able on the breast and belly. In general the molt proceeds more rapidly on the back than on the sides. One example (no. 7859) exhibits three distinct molt-lines, two of them in the middle of the back about an inch apart, the other two inches anterior of the tail. These observations seem to show that, whereas, generally the hair starts to be renewed at the nose and the molting process works backward toward the tail, in some eases there are two TABLE OF EXTERNAL MEASUREMENTS OF ELEVEN ADULT SPECIMENS OF Thomomys nevadensis FRom HuMsBoLtpt County, NEVADA. For method of taking measurements, see Introduction. All dimensions are in millimeters. = 5 5 =e He 3 2 5 5 = Be go 7856 ei 264 84 38 31.80 14.40 7859 Jb 261 82 36 31.40 13.80 7860 2 240 73 36 30.40 15 00 7868 2 267 90 36 33.70 3.50 7854 2 244 87 34 35.60 13.80 7864 2 250 86 333 34.40 13 20 7870 2 255 80 37 Lays) 14 50 7866 2 257 85 35 33.10 13.60 7855 2 262 81 35 30.90 13.35 7857 aria Somes BOs» . 7867 fe) 251 85 35 33.80 13.95 Average of the males 262.5 83 37 31.65 14.10 Average of the females 253.2 83.3 39.2 32.92 13.86 Average of all the adults 255.1 83.3 BLD 32.64 ey en 264 University of California Publications in Zoology. \(Vou.7 centers of molt inception, one at the anterior end of the animal, the other in the mid-posterior region. From the anterior end, the molt of course works backward, from the mid-posterior region it works both backward and forward. The results of my study of the material at hand agree closely with the characterization of the skull of the species as given by C. Hart Merriam (1897b, p. 213). In our specimens the pre- maxillae extend variously from 1.7 mm. in young specimens, to 3mm. in two adults. The average length of these bones pos- terior of a line joining the posterior ends of the nasals in four- teen skulls at hand is 2.3mm. The average of all the juvenals taken separately is 2.04 mm., that of the adults 248mm. The jugals, while essentially parallel, converge shghtly anteriorly, except in one specimen. There is great variation in the size and shape of the inter- parietal, as the table of measurements shows. In one old speci- men (no. 7856) it has the form of a triangle pulled out anteriorly and posteriorly as a result of the approach of the temporal ridges; in a juvenal (no. 7869), it is square. Although it is trapezoidal in form in most of the skulls examined its great variation in outline may be illustrated by the fact that in one it is pentagonal, in another arrow-head shaped. In general it may be said to be approximately square in the young specimens, growing smaller and taking on a more triangular form with age, due to the growth of the parietal bones. This reduction in size is, according to C. H. Merriam (1895a, pp. 41, 62), due to two causes, namely, the partial covering of it by the parietals, and its resorption as a result of pressure along the suture between it and the parietals. 265 Mammals of the 1909 Nevada Expedition. Taylor 1911] ‘O1qe} OY} UL potojuo ov oso} YSn0Y} woAdd ‘sjeudAnt oY} FO WoyeZ ST JUNODDR OU pasty sv SaSvAOAL oy} UT “IOSTOUL O[TPPIUL FO snpooaTe uLsareut ro11a4ysod 0} yoyou [eyeped-ysod woaz poansvoyy + + 4 ‘Areypixeuoid Fo yurod xonoyue ysowut 07 opApuos jeyrdras0 worgz poansvoy * 900% GesS 2 g syre Glcl Ge0E OO9LT SE6 8PGI LI9L PFLST L9FXG6P FLL 18°63 G6E6E OL FF S}Upe oy} [[e Jo osersAy 66:65 cess 19 - L9 ‘19 I6v6 LVCGL 8666 S8PLT SEG OFCI OGST IGST GLPXELP FTL OG96S OL6E FL EP solemoz oy} Jo oser0Ay Ge0r GOSS OFL9 SPSS GLZL GOTE SF8L G6 GOS OF LT O8'9T OFXGES STL Ss0e OL0F O02LSF {Se[BUI ol} JO eSvIOAW Gel 0G 0G20 “SEC el G82 GOL 92 FT GET er OF OF OY Guz S308 Op “AME Gory See ee ee rie ue es kee AAG Miele ORR di Giee OOO Pa ice re) doe Sere ‘rant & = [982 OU Mien OS eS Ola Sie nce IP = Gil eeyiGe FSi) GFLLA AG xO Oo = gsog ere “auld gegy 0968 LS See eC Leen i ey pce Gln ess) ae 6e MONI aR eye ents aye 8 gee ge ‘ants gogy O90P Vee, COVER CL ee Pet OGle Gee cl cia OC Goer ay gs oe “anf P Zog) OCIGG SS OS OM Cire Sob 10s "IT 76 “Sel Sel), Gel 6ex OG Sy kes ces Or, “ped soe Oca rOce0s CO m0: co mo lit oiGce Gut eG. ict “OOW GGL SGX Oe “eo ses2 “Tee: orep “ped. ouae) COU Ol C00 10S ro Ciclo G08 “OLI She =OcL or =pOl OSX eh * 99 Ges” Té6e - OFF Ded .coRD UU eee UN eonG = Oil tse S26 Clon Srl Pel. Ceo Gr Ty rec igue Voar “pede ace OGGiamc Sc 0m sea Sich S8c. Ol 68° Poel Pel Gch -OOG0S OF Gea Gie. “Ter “ped “pees VO Gee SGN Stor sala UGG, bvls, SiGhe SSL Oh Gri. FSG r 69° Gee Glue “Gier “ped oo qoer CEO es ve ROO Ce ew Uigh GUS Sul “46 Sel se9l- §SiSl SPX Te PL 70S “Fee spre ped ese) Soe Ue 0B LO SoCo Gel Sie? 08h Le Ae OWT Letn Oexesh oO Cie sir OOF pes — gogy ee See eee enc Ge SOG ee0Gm een CG p cil) 20a Ginn CC XeOr. 2 = 0 1e O0p. OP “Dele ORD Whee EES 0680) hives lial G08" “BUT. GS eS sl OL. 6S ee xXist! 6o y yon. Gee Sr “pep eae) COT cvs URE SC OG) Rich sice. A6l) 296 @ Sigh "ciel. Pui) SiexXey Ph OE GIh gor “pe sgeey ee, eee) ociaye Men bec) <2. ore zl So eu ee ot Ae z E ee ee he ecg Frees, WU Ra Pe Bore z ef ae eee ce = E Be he = ae S Ee ¢< = © = iS = =. aS z eS s ge S fe = z go 8 é 2 Ee A) i=} ——___,——_ 2 = = YSU] 0} soyRy B ey = ‘SLOJIWI][IM UL 918 SUOISUOTUIpP [TV “HOLONPOIUT 90S ‘SJUAWAAINSROMI SuIyRy JO poyJoM 10,7 ‘VAVAIN “ALNAOD LATOAWAH Wout sisvapyaau shimowoy,, dO SLUNAWAMASVAJY IVINVYD JO aTAVY, 266 University of California Publications in Zoology. (Vou. 7 DistrRIBUTION.— Workings of the Nevada gopher were seen near Winnemucea, on the flat west of Amos, in an alfalfa field on Chimney Creek (Santa Rosa Mountains), at Alder Creek and Big Creek ranches (Pine Forest Mountains), and at Quinn River Crossing. Fourteen were trapped at the latter locality, and three at Big Creek Ranch. Gopher workings were seen at intervals along the course of the stream from the ranch up into the moun- tains. It is not certain just where the dividing line lies between nevadensis and fuscus fishert. Nevadensis is, however, typically a species of the desert flat, which ranges between 4000 and 5000 feet in altitude, while fuscus fishert was not taken below 7000 feet. The present records extend the known geographic range of the species considerably to the northward. The type locality is Austin, Lander County, Nevada, which hes a hundred miles south and east of Winnemucea. Quinn River Crossing is about sixty miles north and west of the same place. Further work will undoubtedly show nevadensis to be generally distributed in suit- able situations on the flat of the northern part, at least, of the Great Basin Plateau. Hasits.—Allen (1895b, p. 207) and Grinnell (1908, p. 151) record the preponderance of females in series of gophers from particular localities. The results of our trapping show a similar discrepancy in relative numbers of the sexes. Only five speci- mens of the seventeen secured are males. Apparently there is a fairly definite mating period. The first juvenal was taken on May 29, and thereafter young specimens were secured almost every day. All adults showed by the con- dition of the reproductive organs that sexual activity was at its. height. Evidently our work was carried on during the suckling period. None of the females secured contained embryos. No. 7869, a male juvenal, was caught June 13, and possesses skull characters that would be expected in a specimen two weeks older than the first ones caught the last of May. Very large mounds of earth are thrown up by this species. One mound seen at Big Creek Ranch was three feet long and two feet wide, and contained a freshly dug out stone three inches long and two inches in diameter. Wherever workings were 1911] Taylor: Mammals of the 1909 Nevada Expedition. 267 observed they testified to the great relative size of the gophers. Holes which were probably used as vents for getting rid of superfluous earth were found leading into many of the main burrows. Our trapping of this species was carried on exclusively in the alfalfa and wild-hay fields about the Quinn River and Big Creek ranches. Since the pouch of one specimen contained wild-hay stalks, and since closely trimmed alfalfa and wild-hay plants were seen about some of the burrows, it may be concluded that these plants form a large part of the animal’s food. As would be expected, workings were most frequently found in loose earth. We were most successful in securing specimens in decidedly damp soil near an irrigating ditch on the Quinn River Ranch. Perodipus microps levipes C. H. Merriam. Panamint Kangaroo Rat. Srarus.—The kangaroo rats of the genus Perodipus have proven more difficult to identify satisfactorily than any other mammals taken by the Nevada Expedition. There are at hand three near topotypes of Perodipus colum- bianus C. H. Merriam the data of which are as follows (all are from the Biological Survey Collection) : 24182 31595 3 Umatilla, Oregon, Oct. 17, 1890; C. P. Streator. 23752 : : are Touchet, Washington, Sept. 13, 1890; C. P. Streator. v 23744 F : 21139 @ Touchet, Washington, Sept. 11, 1890; C. P. Streator. 13) The type locality of columbianus is Umatilla, Oregon. Touchet, Washington, is in Walla Walla County, a little north and west of Umatilla. Two topotypes of Perodipus microps levipes C. H. Merriam are also available (both from the Biological Survey Collection). 28537 : 40641 Q@ Grapevine Mountains, Nevada, June 7, 1891; E. W. Nelson. 29273 41340 g Panamint Mountains, California, May 24, 1891; E. W. Nelson. v0 268 University of California Publications in Zoology. [Vou.7 Perognathus Flat, Panamint Mountains, is the type locality of P. m. levipes. Access to these specimens is through the kind offices of Dr. C. Hart Merriam. CRANIAL MEASUREMENTS OF TOPOTYPES OR T'yPICAL SPECIMENS OF Perodipus columbianus AND Perodipus microps levipes. For method of taking measurements, see Introduction. All dimensions are in millimeters. » ae Eb Ee He * ‘Sigs a L a5 42 3S s = = = She q é 2 S. ae ee ea ee z Zz 2 RB Ss Bia Rice” CBs Se % Z Sye Sota ero eee os ) oo nm > = os i PA 2 Locality 3 = SS 3 Sg = 2 = Be oe a 3 oo ee ee Se ee = 31595 g Umatilla, Ore. SOs | 22.22 = cL OM eae Se oe Ono SCOummLAU) = 31147 2 Touchet, Wash. ees) phy I Ie) IE BM) ST TG S$) 31139 Q Touchet, Wash. Sh eralbi tte oy Ie ay Shik Sy 1D TL 3 Average of typical = columbianus 39.86 22.50 19:06 12.83 3.06 3.20 34:30) 12220 el 2 | 40641 2 Grapevine Mts., & Cal. 346m 20hTe aS*0) eae | eto ec eO OO een mle SJ) 41340 ¢ Panamint Mts., me Cal. SO ery MSM lei RT Bah BO) IAT = Average of typical Q levipes 36580) 22260) Ss 95 e245) S05 eb 00 mliatoe * Measured just anterior of external auditory meatus. y Measured at bulge just anterior of posterior end of the bones. ¢ Measured just anterior of point where premaxillaries bend downward. § Measured along median line from most posterior point on supraoccipital to anterior ends of nasals. Coloration seems to be unreliable as a diagnostic character. If the near topotypes of these two species were to be mixed with our series it would be impossible to pick them out except by make-up of skins. Size should serve at once to distinguish columbianus from levipes, for the former has total length, 244.5 mm., tail vertebrae, 140.5, and hind foot, 39; while the latter has 289.5, 164, and 42.4, respectively. Adults of our series present the following average measurements: 271.4, 161.2, and 42, respectively. Thus in dimensions the animals from Quinn River Crossing are intermediate between columbianus and levipes, though nearer the latter. 1911] Taylor: Mammals of the 1909 Nevada Expedition. 269 EXTERNAL MEASUREMENTS OF Perodipus microps levipes FROM HumMBoLpT CouNtTy, NEVADA. For method of taking measurements, see. Introduction. All dimensions are in millimeters. Museum Total Tail Hind No. Sex length vertebrae foot 7875 J 265 167 42 7879 2 277 167 42 7876 2 267 156 41 7872 fe) 273 152 41 7873 3 275 164 44 Average of all the adults 271.4 161.2 42 EXTERNAL MEASUREMENTS OF THREE YOUNG ADULTS OF Perodipus microps levipes. Museum Total Tail Hind No. Sex length vertebrae foot 7878 2 239 138 40) 7877 ref 258 147 40 8313 Ci ee ees eet 42 Average of the three young adults 248.5 142.5 40.6 One adult specimen of our series (no. 7874) was not included in the above averages, having been referred to columbianus. It has its total length 244 mm., and its tail vertebrae 136, as might be expected in that form. Its hind foot is 41, a little long for columbianus. However,-in coloration it coincides remarkably with the topotypes of this species at hand, and was unquestion- ably referred to it until the cranial characters were taken into consideration. These lead to the conclusion that it is identical with the rest of our series, which, while impossible to be referred clearly to either species, has been tentatively identified as levipes. There are a number of differences observable between our series and either columbianus or levipes, but they are in- constant, and there is nearly as much difference between indi- viduals of the same species, as represented by the topotypes, as there is between our animals and either species. The specimens (except no. 7874) are a shade darker than columbianus as exemplified by the typical specimens. This may be due to wear and a consequent greater exposure of the plum- beous bases of the hairs; for evidently the Nevada animals have not molted, while at least two of the topotypes (nos. 24182 and 270 University of California Publications in Zoology. |Vou.7 23752) have the new pelage, and the other one (no. 23744) is still in the process of molt. The new pelage, as shown by this speci- men, is brighter buffy. Three of the Nevada animals (nos. 7878, 8313, and 7877) are young adults, as is shown by the degree of development of their skulls, their bluer coloration, the character of their pelage, and by their smaller measurements (see table). The frontal and parietal regions of the skull are much less inflated in the Nevada specimens than in colwmbianus, and the incisors average slightly broader. The only comparable skull of levipes is no. 41340, for no. 40641 is evidently a young animal, The animals from Quinn River The and its size is not typical. resemble no. 41340, although they are somewhat smaller. CRANIAL MEASUREMENTS* OF Perodipus microps levipes FRomM HUMBOLDT County, NEVADA. For method of taking measurements, see Introduction. All dimensions are in millimeters. HP Sis a 2 & = ae BES Ls ; on p= =o) wn a wy aS ° r=] = rs ea ab FAR mS) Et) 7, @ = oa Qe ao Ban Se I 3 3 aie as zs me oe 5 g g ace 2 aS oh S88¢ Es % a = s =Se = s2 sf $22 5 = 3 BH a teeM oe eS as BOE ve = m2 o SG Be Z 2 2 SG ss 7875 re 36.0 22.7 18.2 12.5 2.6 3.2 34.1 12.3 7873 Jb 37.4 23.4 20.0 12.5 2.6 3.8 36.0 iy! 7876 Q 36.8 24.4 19.2 12.5 2.7 3) 30.1 12.7 7872 2 36.9 24.1 DOLOKN eres 2.7 3.4 34.7 EL) 7879 Q 36.4 23.2 19.2 12.7 2.6 3.6 34.7 12.7 Average of all the adults 36.7 23.5 19:3 12.5 2.6 3.5 34.9 12.7 CRANIAL MEASUREMENTS OF YOUNG ADULTS OF Perodipus microps levipes. id = Bue = i “= Ss [-0) = a ae Es LE . on = - z 2 as wD c= ° =| ort Sa oa an ag ao 7, e 5 as Dp we oH of J = 5 ao ah ieee i 45 = ~ aod eee cent af SS Cs = at na St ~m eS LS ns & Ss a © aco a a © a os ta © = 3 Ses = Sy ~ Mic eo 5 a y o o = a ze Se Die n= = a ob & aie, Zz Ber i ee anit fn 7877 Jb 36.9 245945) 19.1 12.3 2.6 2.9 34.9 12:8 8313 3 35.8 220. Sere! 121 2.5 3.2 34.0 12.4 7878 se) DON PS Gee gue ee 2:0. ge eee 12.2 Average of the young adults 36.5 22.7 19M 12.2 2.5 3.0 34.4 12.4 * Por special methods of taking measurements see the table on page 268. 1911] Taylor: Mammals of the 1909 Nevada Expedition. 271. postero-external angle of the maxillary arch in the Nevada speci- mens is not nearly so pronounced, or produced so much back- ward, as in columbianus, being nearer levipes in this respect. A tendency seems to exist in the Nevada animals to have the nasals more spread anteriorly than in either species. The angle of the mandible varies greatly in all the specimens. Our series seem to have sharper angles than either of the others. One example of levipes (no. 40641) has the angle sharp, as in the Nevada series; the other (no. 41340) has it much more blunt. There is in this respect also more difference between these two specimens than between the Quinn River series and the average of either levipes or columbianus. Not one of the skulls resembles those of topotypes of colum- bianus. While not typical of the form, they are certainly nearer levipes. However, the lot is nearly as well marked off from levipes as is columbianus; this is not nearly as startling a state- ment as it might seem, for a consideration of available topotypes of the two shows them to be closely related. The Quinn River animals are certainly a fairly well-marked local race. DIsTRIBUTION.—Ten specimens of Perodipus microps levipes were definitely recorded : from Quinn River Crossing (4100 feet), 8; from Big Creek Ranch (4350 feet), 1; from Virgin Valley (5000 feet), 1. These records serve to extend the known range of levipes with its variants to the northern part of the Great Basin. Bailey (1908, p. 22) mentions this as one of the species found in the Carson Sink and some of the neighboring valleys. Zonally its distribution is purely Upper Sonoran. SIDE VIEW Fig. 2. Side and top views (diagrammatic) of burrow of kangaroo rat. 272 University of California Publications in Zoology. |Vou.7 Hasirs.—The first evidence we had of the presence of Pero- dipus was a tail and the hind foot which had been left on the desert by some predaceous animal. At Amos we dug out a kangaroo rat’s nest. Whether it was that of a Dipodomys or Perodipus was not determined; but in all probability the two are quite similar in burrowing habits. Since Perodipus was the common genus, however, the chances favor its belonging to P. m. levipes. The rat was frightened from the burrow by our digging. The hole was in soft soil, the nest itself being located about a foot in depth and two feet from the entrance in an enlarged chamber (see figure 2). It was built of green and dry grass and con- tained a quantity of green plant seed. The green grass and the seeds were probably stored for food. A Perodipus caught June 5 had several pieces of mouse-excrement in its cheek pouches. Kangaroo rats were caught on the open desert, several of them in front of burrows, presumably their own. They were evidently not common anywhere, though more numerous on the plains than along the foothills of the Pine Forest Mountains. Dipodomys merriami nevadensis C. H. Merriam. Nevada Kangaroo Rat. Statrus.—Dr. C. Hart Merriam has kindly examined our single specimen of Dipodomys (an adult female, no. 7880, taken at Quinn River Crossing on May 30, 1909), and identifies it as belonging to this species. There are however some discrepancies apparent when this specimen is compared with the original description of nevadensis (C. H. Merriam, 1894b, p.111). These differences might show our specimen to be the extreme of a hypothetical series of nevad- ensis, incidentally approaching Dipodomys m. simiolus. This seems more probable than that the differences represent an innate departure from the mean of nevadensis. The specimen is a female, while probably some of the specimens, at least, upon which Dr. Merriam based his description, are males. It meas- ures: total length, 215; tail vertebrae, 127; and hind foot, 35. The measurements of the type specimen of nevadensis are: total length, 240; tail vertebrae, 140; and hind foot, 39. Five adults 1911) Taylor: Mammals of the 1909 Nevada Expedition. 273 from the type locality are said to measure as follows: total length, 243; tail vertebrae, 143.5; and hind foot, 39.9. The coloration of nevadensis is described (Merriam, 1894b, p. 111) as follows: ‘‘Upper parts pinkish buff, darkened on head and back by intermixture of dark-tipped hairs; facial crescents dis- tinct but hardly meeting across nose, though bridge of nose is somewhat darkened; face in front of eyes pure white except where interrupted at base of whiskers by facial crescents; under- parts and thigh stripes pure white; dorsal and ventral tail stripes dusky, meeting at end of tail; inner side of legs to heel dusky.’”’ Although our specimen has the upper parts pinkish buff, it has no dark-tipped hairs on the head and back, its facial eres- cents are obsolete, and the bridge of the nose is not appreciably darkened. The face in front of the eyes is white, with the excep- tion of a very faint suggestion of buffy on the sides of the nose. The underparts and thigh stripes are pure white. The dorsal and ventral tail stripes are very light clay color, meeting at the end of the tail. The imner side of hind leg to heel is clothed with plumbeous hairs tipped with buffy. There is, moreover, a dis- tinct spot of white above the eyes, and the area just behind the ears is white. The specimen presents some resemblance to Dipodomys mer- riami simiolus. MEASUREMENTS OF A SERIES OF TOPOTYPES OF D. m. simiolus FROM PALM SPRINGS, CALIFORNIA. Museum Total Tail Hind No. Sex length vertebrae foot 5358 2 227 140 3 6928 ) 256 157 39 5355 g 238 143 a7 D807 J 235 136 36 5348 3 235 135 o7 5359 J 245 150 37 5356 Jb 238 141 37 Average, females 240.3 146.6 Sia Average, males 238.2 140.5 36.7 Average, adults 239.1 143.1 37.0 MEASUREMENTS OF THE SPECIMEN OF D. m. nevadensis From QUINN RIVER CROSSING, HUMBOLDT CouNTY, NEVADA. Museum Total Tail Hind No. Sex length vertebrae foot 7880 2 215 127 35 274 University of California Publications in Zoology. |Vou.7 The table shows that there is difference in size between our specimen and simiolus. The dorsal and ventral tail stripes of the Nevada specimen are very much hghter than the correspond- ing ones of the topotype series of stmiolus, which present a dusky coloration. Although the skull of the Nevada Dipodomys resembles that of simiolus in a general way, it is smaller, has a slightly different shape, and presents several lesser differences. The articular process of the mandible is, for example, much narrower. The species must be rather rare in the region explored, as we earried on systematic trapping in localities apparently in every way favorable for its habitation. The specimen secured was caught in a trap set near a small bush on the open desert. Perognathus parvus olivaceus C. H. Merriam. great Basin Pocket Mouse. Starus.—As might be anticipated from geographical consid- erations our series proves to be referable to this species. Com- pared with Osgood’s description of olivaceus (1900, p. 37) our specimens have the lateral line varying in shade, but more pinkish buff than cinnamon buff. The coloration dorsally is variable, most of the series being buffy, but some presenting a dark grayish tone. The difference between the two types of coloration is not great enough to justify the statement that there are two color phases, and apparently is due merely to individual variation, as it is impossible to correlate the types of coloration with age, sex, or locality. Specimens intermediate between the two extremes are present. The subauricular spot 1s conspicuous in only about twenty-five per cent. of the series. Of thirty-two specimens, only two (nos. 8125, 8131), have buffy-tipped belly hairs with plum- beous bases. One juvenal (no. 8144) has buffy-tipped hairs ven- trally, but their bases are not plumbeous. The inner side of fore leg is white except in four specimens (nos. 8125, 8137, 8134, 8122). As regards size, the Humboldt County animals average smaller than the type specimen of olivaceus, but accord fairly well with the averages as given by Osgood. 1911} Taylor: Mammals of the 1909 Nevada Expedition. 205 Cranial characters of the series are those of olivaceus, al- though in none of the skulls do the auditory bullae meet anter- iorly, even in a weak symphysis. A small series of Perognathus p. mollipilosus Coues (type locality Fort Crook, Shasta County, California), from Mount Shasta, is contained in the Museum collection. That this form does evince a tendency to approach olivaceus, as remarked by Osgood (1900, p. 37), 1s evidenced by the fact that were the specimens of mollipilosus to be mixed with the series from Nevada it would be impossible to segregate the animals by their colora- tion. The most practical differential character appears to be size, olivaceus being larger. As exemplified by our series, Perognathus p. olivaceus dif- fers from P. p. parvus (Peale), type locality, The Dalles (?), Oregon, in having the ventral hairs normally white instead of buffy. In size olivaceus is slightly greater. The species ap- proaches parvus in a tendency to have the proximal fourth of the sole of the hind foot haired. Tail, ears and subaurical spot as in parvus. The two subspecies are evidently closely allied. P. p. olivaceus is immediately distinguished from P. p. magru- derensis Osgood, type locality, 8000 feet altitude, Mount Magru- der, Nevada, at least as far as our specimens are concerned, by its much smaller size. Certain individual peculiarities of pelage deserve mention. No. 8125, an adult male, trapped June 2, at Quinn River Cross- ing, is molting into the post-breeding pelage. The line separating the new hair from the old is distinct at about two-thirds of the distance from head to tail. The new pelage does not differ appreciably in color from the breeding coat. The molt appears to have proceeded uniformly from before backward. In no. 8121, breeding female, taken May 18, at the same locality, the new pelage is darker and less buffy than the old. No. 8150, adult female, secured August 8, on Leonard Creek, has the molt uneven, and the pelage patchy. In no. 8135, adult male, taken on June 13 at Big Creek Ranch, the molt has progressed most rapidly dorsally, and has reached the tail medially, but not on the sides. No. 8124, breeding female, Quinn River Crossing, May 26, a!so shows a distinct molt-line. In the others (with the exception of [ VOL. 7 Zoology. 10nS IN a Publicati aliforni Y J rsity of € Tnive L ‘sjusuu Jo puo 0} [eytdros0 yurod aorteysod ysout worz oul, [BIpol SuOLY OF OE POL 8S GGXK Ts O'EL 0°96 VSE $866 O06 G LAL Ssyupe oq} [Te Fo 95 BIOAV O8'8%6 LOL LG [aSaeNaGis LG 9°CSG OiSieeicoe OnS6 PLL So[euloy oY FO ISBLOAV He COM GS Mex wre Stee Gala PARE Ue erie eal SoyBUl OY} FO oSBIOAY V86 66 Ag KG ets SIL ae IE 1G 68 COL ‘SIN JSoogy outg ‘youvy yoorp Stq } tt 8°6 CHE OG Seeks ORS ere 61 98 LOT Surssoiy doary uum? > schpce ERC Olen Tem PANG COSTS RCC nar an ae es a2503s gan aot Sutssory aoary uur?) > FAG CeO GIGmeTAG easiGe | icles sOI9Ge. | GIST &% 96 161 Surssody tary uum § cease. _-uersgs > | RARGHe OPT Cer co eect moa Dacca ins = dan ea 0% LOL SST Sutssoiy TAN uurn?y 3} SEO SCR «Faeroe gC oaboe) I aoe aoe a aioe Aaa FG eG OLT Sutsso1y JoaTy uum? § ieee COL Ou s6ics6 c. SSE IG 96/198 £3 C6 OST ‘SHUN JSetoy ourg ‘youry yoorg stq P CERES) = SSR SEF Soo Ne aaa eos Bo Sates =e eZ 98 99T ‘SN JSotoq ourg ‘YouRy yoolg Stq Pp Bate lay SSR gE SR ee ma PS ~=SsoTOL. =~ GST “SHIN SOLO UTA ‘YouRy YooD sq P IEE EG va gl ca Sa et ef ie ne G9T ‘SHV Jorg ourg “Youwy yoo) Stq P 6°66 LOL 6S Cig as OST 6'S6G V8 &G 66 LLL SUISSOI) LOATY uum?) DCS "AGERE “ye CEE Cy Ae ae a Ree ea ra cance See Sutssoiy 1A uur?) P 8°GE Oar 0'9 e9 xX GE VEL OLE 6 6L FG SOL G6L Surssoig LAY wun?) 2) Paes n 30 I=) ae coo 0 = = ey AqIpROO eX4 He ee Pe Rg “Sava ake oe Been? bs rt z e ace2 5 & = ® SEE a cant [vluRiy [BULe} XO ‘Jaot OOFF OF OOTP Woarz Sutsuer sopnyypy Worf sypUpy ‘SUOJOU][IU UL atB SUOISUBTUIP [TV ‘LOLPNPOAUT dos ‘SJUPMAINSvIM FULL} JO poyJout LOG ‘VAVAGN ‘ALNQOD LATOENAY Wout TTY ‘snaovayo snasvd snyyoubolag AO SLNTNAYASVAY TVINVYD INV IVNYALXG * I€1Ls O€18 G18 Fcls 618 16s Sé1s FEls LE1T8 CEls Gols 9618 CoI8 “ON UWhoSUPT t~ t~ N ‘sresenu Jo pus 0} [eytdras0 yurod Loltaysod 4SOUl WOAZ OUT] [BIPEUL SUOTY x : Bc Ome Ge Ge Ge Oel 9a Sis es 9.6 TLLT s}[UpB oy} [[B JO edu1ory = Sinn 66 OG ap trates oes Bice OLS eC Se RCheGuG COM mnOlGe. So[BUloF OY} FO OSVIOAV ~ Ss Zig ROU eG IG Xess WEL "aie 28h “Sire. .9'86 O'E8L So[BUl OY} JO VSuIBAV 2 5 a Sa Oe LIES onl oe kaa a a €G 06 GLI ‘SHIN JSot0g out ‘yooly Stq & TFI8 eR Sarai WR goes ee 286 CLT ‘SIT JSe10,f outg ‘Yooutg Stq S SFIS Ne lea tea ea eS AE ee. 86 9LT ‘SH JSolOg out ‘yoory pavuooyT § OGI8 S - <7 eek eal Gin OLet a iee! Se Gay (0OGe cite mec. | 606 ELT ‘SYN JSoI,T outq “Yootg pxvmooyT } sF18 See ee ee Se 8 eg ea eee weary bee ta cord 16 69L ‘SI Jsol0qT outg ‘yootg pavuooT 4 6FI8 D> = CO eUMED eel) CNX Ge Sok Glo) 86) 96 60L C6L ‘SHY JSe10— outg ‘yoory Stq P OFI8 VPS eg soa ego Uo BICC eat ate ar £2 66 OST “SYIN JSoloy OUT ‘Yoory palBwoory Pf JFIS = = 916 96 Oigmemeiawce. OMe GeiSee 7 921 FG F6 PLT ‘SI JSoLOT outg ‘Yootg preuoey P GEIS — Sy) = m S : cae oe? ae 2 fo ieee ice fee S gE ec 255 8 Ba FS B42 20 ie: 5 es APPLOO] UXT & S Boose ee q eS =p 68 = 8 S 5 = He 2.5 Boiey & y * ee 3 Bt 5B =) : pest SbIEe 5 ° 53 > ®, ae Z = Bea 5 ©. 2 pe ba 5 S S ~ aoe - = = = a eee’ QW Ae jerurig [VU18}X ~ "JO0F NNO GAOGR sapnytypy WoIF sIUPV & ‘SHOJOUIT[[IUL UL a1B SUOISUSTUIP [TV “UOLNPOIUT oS ‘SJUSMIAINSvI SUTYRZ JO poyJOUL LOG ‘VAVASN ‘ALNQOD LOIOGWAY Woy TIy ‘snaovayjo snasmd snyyoubodad 10 SLNATNWAYOSVAIN TIVINVUD ONV ‘IVNUGLXG 1911] 278 University of California Publications in Zoology. \Vou.7 no. 8147) this is not discernible. Four specimens have one or more small spots of white dorsally (nos. 8121-8124). No. 8147, though seeming to have assumed the new pelage dorsally for the most part, has the pelage ventrally in an abnormally worn con- dition. Juvenals of olivaceus, as shown by nine examples, differ from the adults chiefly in their mouse-gray coloration dorsally. DISTRIBUTION.—Specimens were secured as follows: Quinn River Crossing (altitude 4100 feet), 10; Big Creek Ranch (4350 feet), 9; Big Creek (7000 feet), 5; head of Big Creek (8000 feet), 1; Duffer Peak (8400 feet), 1; Leonard Creek (6500 feet), 7. All of these localities, except Quinn River Crossing, are in the Pine Forest Mountains. The present records, while not extending the known range of the species geographically, probably do have this effect zonally. Osgood refers olivaceus to the Upper Sonoran. We found the species extending in small numbers into very high Upper Sonoran and following sage slopes into Lower Transition. In order to ascertain whether there was any tendency to local variation at altitudes above those of the Great Basin plateau at large, I segregated all the specimens from the higher parts of the mountains from those of the desert flat, and tabulated their measurements (see table of external and cranial measurements). I was thus enabled to prove definitely that, at least so far as our material goes, there is practically no variation in size (and there is none in coloration) with altitude. It is extremely probable that Perognathus parvus olivaceus intergrades with P. p. parvus to the north (Osgood records speci- mens of parvus from Tumtum Lake, Harney County, Oregon, which is not far north of Quinn River Crossing, and in the same general faunal area), with P. p. mollipilosus to the west, and possibly with P. p. magruderensis to the south. Hapirs.—The cheek-pouches of a pocket mouse taken on May 19 at Quinn River Crossing were filled with green seeds. The animals live in shallow burrows. In several instances specimens were caught at the mouths of small holes. While Perognathus p. olivaceus is not limited in its distribu- tion to the neighborhood of streams, we were more successful 1911] Taylor: Mammals of the 1909 Nevada Expedition. 279 when we trapped in the vicinity of some water-course. Several individuals were caught on the open desert far from water. | +0 Fee see a, qe ged as qo geo ele a> 7 Oo aes A 5 >| (} : By, 4 2 tH psatisy . a . = Qfe as ® ae oF ate ae oF as? ol ag ee st as we ner Puc aS oy ine iw i = wes wB a no n © wee n 2 no wee Za no — = S . aes = 5 enaee shits =] 5 ary . 2 g 5 Cy 568 42 4 cy B39 =a 4 e Bg 4 a8 la ee a 2S e& BLA. eS oS Bae 2D 2S Bee eee aa + ee, +0 pad ago 5 Shai Fa Ge a NS Ss "3 bs a “3 6 S NS > 2 2 eae 3 3 Be S g 2 2 a rl > = = Es Fi ri Fs os ) S wees) =) on 4 aie cal iy! a ri on ae war “UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS—(Continuea) Vol. 3. < Some Observations on the Nervous System of Copepoda, by. 0. 0. : ~s.. <. Bsterly... Pp. 1-12, plates\1-2, Jamuary, 1906.22. 2.0.2 ne cee teeta ~ 2. (TX)* Ostracoda of the San Diego Region. 1. Halocypridae, by Chancey Juday. Pp. 13-38, plates 3-7. April, 1906... 3. (X) The California Shore Anemone, Bunodactis zanthogrammica, by piece tecieer Harry Beal. Torrey. Pp. 41-46, plate 8, April, 1906. FA e 4, (XI) Sexual Dimorphism in Aglaophenia, by Harry Beal Torrey and 5 ‘i Ann Martin. Pp. 47-52, 9 text-figures.. April, 1906. Nos. 3 and 4 in one COVE?...2.40.2.0 POL AERTS ERB eS RAL 6. (XII) New Copepod Fauna from the San Diego Region, by Calvin Olin ~ Esterly.: Pp, 63-92, plates 9-14. December, 1906... 2.222: cnensnoss 3 6. (XII) Dinoflagellata of the San Diego Region, Il. On Triposolenia, a_ New Genus of the Dinophysidae, by Charles Atwood Kofoid. Pp. 93-116, plates 15-17. © & & 7. & Discussion of the Species’ Characters in Triposolenia. I. The Nature of Species Characters, II. The .Adaptive Significance of Species Characters. Ill. The, Coincident Distribution of Related Species. By Charles Atwood Kofoid. Pp. 117-126. aes e Rha 8. On the Significance of the Asymmetry in Triposolenia, by Charles: Atwood Kofoid. Pp, 127-133. Nos..6,-7,-and 8 in one cover.. December, 1906.......:.-........—.. feo 9. (XIV) Ostracoda of the San Diego Region. I. Littoral Forms, ‘b Chancey Juday. Pp. 135-156,. plates 18-20. AS 10. (XV) Cladocera of the San Diego Region, by Chancey Juday. Pp. 157-158, 1 text figure... Nos. 9 and 10-in one cover. January, 1907.._...- 2... .—----- ene ah 1 (XVI) The Marine Fishes of Southern California, by Edwin: Chapin ‘Starks and Harl Leonard Morris.. Pp. 159-251, plate 21, March, 1907." 12. Biological Studies on Corymorpha. II. The Development of. C.. palma April, V9OT teense icc ece nee e eR cence Lines tenn cnsatten snd tareensnsethntegnendten cia atnntnanes ee 14, The Structure and Movements of Condylostoma patens, by John F. Bovard. Pp. 343-368, 21 text figures. September, 1907................- ae Index, pp. 369-383. Vol. 4. 1, The Ascidians Collected by the United States Fisheries Bureau steamer -15 50 “Albatross on the Coast of California during the Summer of 1904, by — William Emerson Ritter. Pp. 1-52, plates 1-3. October, 1907_......... 2, (XVIII) Behavior of the Starfish Asterias forreri de -Lerriol, by H. 8. Jennings. Pp. 53-185, 19 text figures. November, 1907................. a $. (XIX) The Early Life-History of Dotichoglossus pusillus Ritter, by B. M. Davis. ‘Pp. 187-226, plates 4-8.) March, 1908_........-.2.-----.-+--0---- Praise) 4 : 4, Notes on two Amphipods of the Genus Corophium from the Pacific - Coast, by J. Chester Bradley. Pp. 227-252, plates 9-13. April, 1908, Beh Ste, 6. (XX) The Incrusting Chilostomatous Bryozoa of the Western Coast of phe ‘North America, by Alice Robertson. Pp. 263-344, plates 14-24, May, 1908 PR eth HREM SA et Ana nen nec enenansnencedannewess pease nennashns a nse ssapse-snanenenaenanense MEAY VO ae ca Re or steepest pe peipanc ee ov ininr deen eee 2. Birds and Mammals of the 1909 Alexander Alaska Expedition, by ~ Harry S. Swarth. Pp. 9-172; plates 1-6; 3text-figures. January, 1911. 3. An Apparent Hybrid in the Genus Dendroica, by Walter P. Taylor. PDs: DP TS-2CT sO ALY, LOEG eo aad ape ergttes on aden eseenergninn scan 4, The Linnet of the Hawaiian Islands: a Problem in Speciation, by Joseph Grinnell. Pp. 179-195. February, 1911 ........00.2224.22.s 5. The Modesto Song Sparrow, by Joseph Grinnell, - Pp. 197-199. Feb- FFs a ob tl Es Becta erate SRNR Nr ay aa Wing nt get es Seca GIRS et eo Seance Te AS 6. Two New Species of Marmots from Northwestern America, by E. 8. Swarth. Pp. 201-204, February, 1911 <.ccc.2.c..ci. neces needa ade vencenene ; 7; Mammals of the Alexander Nevada Expedition of 1909, by Walter P. Baylor: Pp, 205-B07, JUNC, AQT sce ic eo oaiahs agee eset anrenperanaae 8. Description of 4 New Spotted Towhee from the Great Basin, by J. Grinnell. Pp. 309-311. . August, LODD ice cients an osieaecesavereee 9, Description of a New Hairy Woodpecker from Southeastern Alaska, ‘by HS. Swarth.” Pp. 318-318; October,» 1911.32. oe 1. The Vertical Distribution of Hucalanus elongatus in the San Diego Region during 1909, by Calvin O. Esterly. Pp. 1-7. May, 1911...... 2. New and Rare Fishes from Southern California, by Edwin Chapin Starks and William M. Mann. Pp. 9-19, 2 text-figures. July, 1911 83. Classification and Vertical Distribution of the Chaetognatha of the San Diego: Region, Including Descriptions of Some Doubtful Species of ~ the: Group, by ZeUis Te MR CHaeL) sis isk esse Sal aeatan at acakeninpeeesuuaned In 4, Dinoflagellata of the San Diego Region, IV. The Genus Gonyaulaz, with Notes on Its Skeletal Morphology and a Discussion of Its Generic and Specific Characters, by Charles Atwood Kofoid. Pp. 187-286, plates 9-17. 5, On the Skeletal Morphology of Gonyaulaa catenata (Levander), by. Charles Atwood Kofoid. © Pp. 287-294, plate 18. 6. Dinoflagellata of the San Diego Region, V. On Spiraulaz, a New Genus of the Peridinida, by Charles Atwood Kofoid. Pp. 295-300, plate 19. Nos. 4, 5, and 6 in one cover. September, 1911 ~........0--2.0......--n. 7. Notes on Some Cephalopods in the Collection of the University of Cal- ifornia, by 8. S. Berry. Pp. 301-310, plates 20-21. September; 1911 1.50 10 EE, UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS iN: i ean aes ZOOLOGY Vol. 7, No. 10, pp. 319-436, pls. 7-12 February 14, 1912 y -_ ; HS UB Se ; - shut ; i ms “FIELD NOTES ‘ON AMPHIBIANS, REPTILES _AND BIRDS OF NORTHERN HUMBOLDT i COUNTY, NEVADA ) WITH A DISCUSSION OF SOME OF THE FAUNAL FEATURES OF THE REGION . BY WALTER P. TAYLOR es &, UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PRESS BERKELEY ? * . . WRT ATT TAF eo ON, A ice > % FEB 23 1919 | } j Z Bibi Vek ce oF SRO Nie Te ; : UNIVERSITY .OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS. Note.—The University of California Publications are offerec. in exchange for. the pubit-. eations of learned societies and institutions, universities and Mbraries. Complete lists of — re all the publications of the University will be sent upon request. For sample copies, lists ef publications or other information, address the Manager of the University Press, Berkeley, California, U. 8. A. All matter sent in exchange should be addressed to The Exchange — a Department, University Library, Berkeley, California, U. S. A: OTTO ae ae & PRIEDLAENDER & SOHN, Agent for the series in American Arch. Agent. for the series in American Arch- | acology and Ethnology, Classical Philology, acology and Ethnology, Botany, Geology, Education, Modern Philology, Saupe dered Mathematics, Pathology, Physiology, Zool- Psychology, History. ogy, and Memoirs. -ZOOLOGY.—W. E. Ritter and 0. A. Kofoid, Editors. Price per volume $3.50, Commenc- ing with Volume It, this series contains Contributions from the averse: : tory of the Marine Biological Association of San sat Cited as Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool. Volume 1, 19021905, 817 pages, with 28 plates ek 2 lg . $3.50 Volume 2 (Contributions from the Laboratory of the Marine Biological Associa- - tion of San Diego), 1904-1906, xvii ae 382 pages, wie TOC plates Jip eae eS $3.50 Volume 8, 1906-1907, 383 pages, with 23 plates BARNES ee Neate Fa eran cpa i Ss mecca pop = $3.50 A list of.titles in volumes 1-3 will be sent on request. : ; Vol. 4. 1. The Ascidians Collected by the United States Fisheries Bureau steamer . Albatross on thé. Coast of California during the Summer of 1904, by »— William Emerson Bitter.’ Pp.'1-52, plates 1-8. October, 1907.......... a 0 2; (XVIID)* Behavior of the Starfish Asterias forreri de Lorriol, by H. 8S. Jennings. Pp. 53-185, 19 text figures. November, 1907..................... 1.00 =. 8. (XIX) The Early Life-History of Dolichoglossus pusillus Ritter, by B. : M. Davis, Pp. 187-226, plates 4-8. March, 1908.20.00 50 4, Notes on two Amphipods of the Genus, Corophium from the Pacific ‘Coast, by J. Chester Bradley. Pp. 227-252, plates 9-18. April, 1908. 80 5. (XX) The Incrusting Chilostomatous Bryozosa of the Western Coast of - North America, by Alice Robertson. Pp. 253-344, plates 14-24, May, nh 6 1 Rigas ac eae Bere ed I EAS TOP ¢ AEDES aa ANG RLU aba range eee yatiny AURA WR ety FO 1,00" 6. (XXI) On Exnuviation, Autotomy, and Regeneration in Ceratium, by Charles Atwood Kofoid. Pp. 345-386, with text figures. 7. (XXII) Notes on’some Obscure Species of Ceratium, by Charles Atwood Kofoid. . Pp. 387-393. : Nos. 6 and 7 in one cover. April, GOB coca ci ceennainsetndonntyanevsnins GEN a 1 Index, pp. 395-400. : Vol. 5. (Contributions from *he Museum ‘of Vertebrate Zoology.) . 1. The Biota of the San Bernardino Mountains, by Joseph Grinnell. Pp. 1-170, plates 1-24." December, 1908 (0c ..sic. cis ecee ee hceeneeceeenetntctcneee 2.00 2. Birds and Mammals of the 1907 Alexander Expedition to Southeastern Alaska. Pp. 171-264, pls. 25-26, figs. 1-4. February, 1909 22.0... .75 $. Three New Song Sparrows from California, by Joseph Grinnell. “Pp. 965-260." 2A Dra GT OOO sea ee ee ee ars .05 4, A Neys Harvest Mouse from Petaluma, California, by Joseph Dixon, ~~ Pp 271-2785 | ANeuse V4 TOO i a aan sewbbacbou seas Teamstwua pace .06 5. A New Oowbird of the Genus 2Molothrus, with a note on the Probable Genetic Relationships of the North American Forms, by Joseph Grinnell. Pp. 215:261, 1 text figure. December, 1909.02)... 05 * Roman numbers indicate sequence of the Contributions from the Laboratory of ‘the Marine Biological Association of San Diego. \ UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS IN ZOOLOGY Vol. 7, No. 10, pp. 319-436, plates 7-12 February 14, 1912 FIELD NOTES ON AMPHIBIANS, REPTILES AND BIRDS OF NORTHERN HUMBOLDT COUNTY, NEVADA, WITH A DISCUSSION OF SOME OF THE FAUNAL FEATURES OF THE REGION BY WALTER P. TAYLOR (Contribution from the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology of the University of California) CONTENTS PAGE Hara ars od ur Cte @ eee ae cerns en ee ee week ee Ses Seo es 2 319 ANSON eS Teh ay pa eee ae eae eC a eae Paco nes Sees a c8Su 2cEs ace scan case wartevnie est 321 TO yexstcuerl anerovLeySie cohies UD Yoepe MIM CSV LER eee ese ee a See ee eee 322 The Life Zones of the Pine Forest Mountain Region ....................-...-.--- 333 VD UASYeRDASFSHNCo a ohh Bria SY AOS Se 338 Check-lists of Species Recorded by the Nevada Expedition —........... 340 Grewenale Ob SermyeinlOms Ota ep S pe CUCS aaa ce anes acne cecwere renee cee ace carn n=: 342 TRIG grhase STNG TET ence 2 ACU ee =n a ne 342 AB TRIG Y OM RUMCSE 9 Ee a eS ree Secs 346 ADA ES, TESTE GIS) © Se ee Ae Cae ee a ee Re Eee 356 Topanemeren ecutita)y (CATE eee cece et Re re aa ee Pe eee 423 TDpgollereieyinienn @IP IRMA KES Si oosseseecee th eee etomen esas ce ee ee ee on SoS EC EEE 426 INTRODUCTION In order to progress toward the ultimate solution of the problems in the field of biology, it is essential that increasingly accurate and comprehensive observations of living forms, both in a state of nature and under experimental conditions, be carried 320 University of California Publications in Zoology. (Vou.7 forward and recorded. The biological explorations made in the Pine Forest Mountain region were prosecuted with this principle in mind; and in the present paper detailed facts of possible faunal and distributional significance have been emphasized. At the present time it is coming to be realized that there are other characters distinguishing species than those brought for- ward through morphological researches, as, for example, those belonging to the domains of physiology and psychology. These characters, being less accessible and sometimes less tangible, offer more obstacles to precise definition than those others dealing with structure. Nevertheless, traits, habits, manners of perform- ing particular acts, preferences of one kind and another, seem in most cases to be as definite and as constant characteristics of species as the shape and size of bill and feet, or coloration of fur and configuration of skull. An attempt has in this paper been made to place the emphasis upon such non-morphological characters, here mainly psychological. That the facts as recorded are in some eases fragmentary and unrelated to others indicates strongly the general desirability of putting on record such data as are available, to the end that later investigators in this field may at least benefit by that little which is at present known. This paper represents the completion of the report on the vertebrates of the Pine Forest Mountain region, the first major installment of which appeared as the ‘‘ Mammals of the Alexander Nevada Expedition of 1909’’ (Taylor, 1911). While Mr. Richardson and the writer were carrying on field work in the Pine Forest Mountain region, Miss Alexander and Miss Kellogg were members of a palaeontological expedition working in the same general neighborhood (see Taylor, 1911, p. 205). They incidentally collected specimens of vertebrates and made field notes. The results of their work as well as of our own have been incorporated into the present paper. The writer must acknowledge indebtedness to the following persons: to Professor Charles A. Kofoid, of the Department of Zoology of the University of California, for generous criticism ; to Mr. Joseph Grinnell, Director of the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology of the University of California, for general direction and advice in connection with the paper; to Professor Harvey M. —_— 1912] Taylor: Birds and Reptiles of Northern Nevada. 321 Hall, of the Department of Botany of the University of Cali- fornia, for identification of plants submitted to him; and to Mr. Harold C. Bryant, Fellow in Zoology on the foundation estab- lished by the California Fish and Game Commission, for pro- visional identification of certain species of reptiles. ITINERARY Mr. Charles H. Richardson, Jr., and the writer left Berkeley on May 10, 1909, arriving at Winnemucca, Nevada, on the fol- lowing morning. From there we journeyed by stage to Quinn River Crossing (Mason’s Crossing), seventy-five miles to the northwest. One night en route was spent at Amos (Cane Springs Station), and one at Tregaskis Well. The morning of May 14 found us at our first collecting ground. Camp was established one mile from the buildings of the Quinn River Ranch on Wheeler Creek, tributary to the river (see map, plate 7). Practically three weeks (May 15 to June 8) were spent at this locality. Twelve miles in a northwesterly direction from Quinn River Crossing is found Big Creek Ranch, the second collecting station. This ranch is located at the base of the Pine Forest Mountains. It constituted the first camp of the ‘‘biological cross-section’’ series (see map, plate 7). By establishing collecting localities from one side of the mountains to the other, 1000 feet apart as regards altitude, we hoped to obtain precise data on the range of species, life zones, and com- parative distribution of forms on the two sides of the mountains. Big Creek Ranch was the base camp for all further operations, which had to be conducted by means of pack animals. We remained in this locality two weeks (June 8 to 23). The next camp was at the head of Big Creek (8000 feet), where the time from June 23 to July 6 was spent. This became the secondary, or mountain base of supphes.. The following camps were then established._as parts of the cross-section plan: Big Creek (6000 feet), July 6 to 8; Big Creek (7000 feet), July 8 to 10; Duffer Peak Meadow (8400 feet), July 10 to 12; Alder Creek (7000 feet), July 12 to 14; Alder Creek Ranch (5000 feet), July 16 to 18; Head of Big Creek (8000 feet), July 19 to 29. The gaps in the series were thus filled, and the east-west 322 University of California Publications in Zoology. (Vou. 7 cross-section completed. It will, of course, have been noted that the cross-section is not an ideal one. To make it so an equal amount of time should have been spent at each locality. Practical difficulties, however, made this impossible. Furthermore, sea- sonal change, even within the short space of time covered in the cross-section series of camps, affects the distribution of certain forms, particularly birds, and so ideally these localities should all have been worked at the same time. On July 29 we departed for Leonard Creek, making camp at 6500 feet altitude, and remaining until August 10. On this date we returned to Big Creek Ranch, and prepared our outfit for transit back to the University. Practically three months were occupied in actual collecting. DESCRIPTIONS OF LOCALITIES (Refer to map, plate 7) The following localities were visited either by members of the palaeontological party or by our expedition. Willow Point, Amos (Cane Springs Station), Sod House Point, and Tregaskis Well (fourteen miles south of Quinn River Crossing) are successive stage stations between Winnemucca and Quinn River Crossing. Chimney Creek is a stream flowing west- ward out of the Santa Rosa Mountains east of Amos. Virgin Valley is located northwest of the Pine Forest Moun- tains over a low range of hills (see map). Thousand Creek flows northeast out of Virgin Valley. It is situated some twelve miles north and a little west of Alder Creek Ranch. Soldier Meadows is located on an arm of the Black Rock Desert, and is forty miles due south of Virgin Valley. Little High Rock Canon is west and a little south of Soldier Meadows, being just over the Humboldt County line in Washoe County. Mason’s Crossing or Quinn River Crossing (altitude 4100 feet).—This locality is situated in the midst of the open desert on the Quinn River. The stream is in this region strongly alkaline and follows a winding course in a general westerly direction, soon turning toward the southwest and flowing into a sink on the Black Rock Desert. Toward the east appears a series of low, desert hills, which 1912] Taylor: Birds and Reptiles of Northern Nevada. 323 culminate to the north in Split and Trident peaks. The Pine Forest Mountains, which constitute the highest range in this part of Nevada, are seen to the west. Upon the south appear the Jackson Mountains. The flat expanse of the open desert extends away in all direc- tions, interrupted in the near vicinity of the Crossing only by two lava buttes which rise up to the northward. One can easily realize that this great extent of regular desert was once the floor of an arm of the great Pleistocene Lake Lahontan. Tributary to the Quinn River at this locality is Wheeler Creek, which rises in the hills to the northeastward and flows as far as the river for a part of the year. The smaller stream is largely utilized for the irrigation of the Quinn River Ranch, owned by Miller & Lux. The soil in the vicinity is made up of very fine particles, which fly in clouds in response to the slightest breeze. Ordinarily several miniature sand-pillars or whirls may be seen in the dis- tance. Beneath the surface the soil is exceedingly hard, this fact perhaps accounting for the comparative rarity there of burrow- ing mammals. A few willows (Salix fluviatilis exigua) along the river were the only trees in the vicinity. Mr. F. M. Payne, of the Miller & Lux Company, said that introduced trees do not thrive. The commonest shrub on the desert was Artemisia tridentata. This plant grew more luxuriantly and to a greater size in the general neighborhood of some creek or stream than elsewhere. On the more arid waste places it was replaced locally by Arte- misia spinescens, Grayia spinosa, and Sarcobatus vermiculatus. On less arid portions of the desert such plants as Tetradymia spinosa, Chrysothamnus nauseosus, and Mentzelia albicaulis were associated with the true sagebrush (Artemisia tridentata). Along the river, vegetation was very sparse. At intervals there were thickets of willow and wild rose (Rosa blanda) but the growth was nowhere luxuriant. Other species occurring along the stream were Poa buckleyana, Ribes aureum, Radicula sinuata, Vicia americana, Artemisia ludoviciana, and Taraxacum officinale. A large proportion of the species of animals and plants found 324 University of California Publications in Zoology. (VoU.7 at Quinn River Crossing are typically Sonoran in distribution, many of them being found elsewhere not lower than Upper Sonoran. On the other hand, while a number of the animal species abundant at this locality (e.g., Oreoscoptes montanus, Dendroica aestiva brewsteri, Eutamias pictus, Perognathus par- vus olivaceus, Thamnophis vagrans) oceur also in Transition, no species in other localities characteristic of, or limited to, that zone, with the possible exception of Otocoris alpestris merrilli and Sceloporus graciosus, were found at Quinn River Crossing. The conclusion seems justified, therefore, that the Quinn River Valley in this vicinity is Upper Sonoran. Pine Forest Mountains (4350-9400 feet; Biological Cross- section Camps nos. 1 to 8).—If one stands upon a high point and looks out over the lower slopes of the range he is impressed immediately with the excessively arid appearance of the moun- tains as a whole (see pl. 8, figs. 1 and 2). No trees are to be seen anywhere at the lower altitudes, except for the very narrow and often broken lines along streams. The lower ridges, lying baked and bare, are observed to be unprotected except by a very meager growth of sagebrush or associated xerophytes. In the higher parts of the mountains, the scene is somewhat more varied (see pl. 10, fig. 1). A few quaking-aspen groves are noted on the more humid of the meadows, and brush-like patches of the same species of tree are apparent on certain favorable steep slopes. Furthermore, a tract of limited proportions, confined almost entirely to the western slope of the mountains, is seen to be occupied by small limber pines, Pinus flexilis (?) (see pl. 11. fiz. 1). It is unfortunate that the identification of the pine is based on foliage only, no cones being at hand. Geographic and zonal considerations indicate that it is Pinus flexilis, although its identity can not be considered to be certainly established. Scattering groups of mountain mahogany are observed on certain of the western ridges (see pl. 10, fig. 2). The topography of the higher parts of the mountains seems to indicate the former presence of glaciers. Several hanging valleys were observed, and in three localities, namely at the head of Leonard Creek, in the vicinity of Alder Creek Lake, and at the head of Big Creek, there are land forms resembling cirques. a 1912] Taylor: Birds and Reptiles of Northern Nevada. 325 Each one of the three little lakes appears to have been formed through the damming up of canons by morainal material. The best examples of moraines in the mountains are found at the head of Alder Creek. The peculiar shape of Alder Creek Lake (see pl. 10, fig. 2) and the intersection of it by long mounds are with very little doubt to be accounted for in this way. Pituophis cateniter deserticolay Stejme oer see ceecesee eee ee es 354 10. Thamnophis vagrans (Baird and Girard) -...-........-..-..-... Sineoene ieee 354 > ‘Crotalus i(Specites net.) sxe. :2ccecscees sce eene cc oe woeee name Cate tern see saree eraes 390 BIRDS De darus~ delawaremsisi Omri oceces- sess cceee eo eee ee ae ee 356 2. Hydrochelidon nigra surinamensis (Gmelin) —...-- 356 3. Anas platyuhymehos) Tomine Cus esses ee eee eee ee eee 357 4 Nettion car olamiensel (Gre lita) ies see ese sees s eee nee ee 307 0. Querquedulascyanopiendi: @Vaellll Oty) peeacee noes een eee 357 6. _Dafila. acuita;<(Gimmaeus)): 225 Sees ee eee eee 357 t Nycticorax nyticorax naevius (Bodidaert))\ sets ccc en ceeees ees 357 Be Porzamnal Garo linn aye Glenn ae US) pee sen eee se eee 358 9. Pulicavamblericamar ‘Girie lime eee era eee eee 358 JO} Dhannophissvacrans™ (Bana) vam dls Goren dl) essere sneer eeens 354 1d Steranopus stricolomeVarelllll ots ce sees eee ae eee 359 12; Recurvirostra, americana, Given eee secre sence asec eee ees eee 360 13> Actibis) mnaenilamise Clarina euis)) yes neeee eee meee eee cere eee eae a enna 360 14, Oxyechus: vociferng(lanuaeus)) . 262s eee ee 361 1D.) Oreorbyexi picta sp lumanter am (Gon cll) pe eee ate een eee 361 16. Centrocercus urophasianus (Bonaparte) Vv $ 5 : S Y) ry & S LEGEND Contour Interval 200 feet | Transition with Boreal Infusion Ezl Transition aS io ie RN aS J ~ S Vv cS 2 oS to $ iN} > S iS SS > — * ie = 4 nh rin Roe oti : ios oa a ina ¢e2 ee . .- oe i oe ue . £ —_— o¢ > nd a ee a 7 _ os 4 — p= -e . oa a = \s ho » be , _— oy 4 ee a | : - — rae ie A ~ PLATE 8 Fig. 1. Big Creek Ranch (Camp no. 1, 4350 feet altitude) and neigh- boring desert, the Pine Forest Mountains in the background, Humboldt County, Nevada; June 22, 1909. The poplars about the ranch were intro- duced. The meandering course of Big Creek is marked by a line of willows and alders. Big Creek Canon is noticed on the right. The brush in the foreground is principally Chrysothamnus, Grayia, and Artemisia tridentata. Mammals inhabiting this association include Citellus mollis, Peromyscus maniculatus sonoriensis, Perodipus microps levipes, Eutamias pictus, Onychomys brevicaudus, Perognathus parvus olivaceus, Lepus cali- fornicus wallawalla, Sylvilagus nuttalli grangeri and Taxidea taxus. The commonest reptiles are Crotaphytus wislizenii, Cnemidophorus tigris, Scel- oporus graciosus, and Uta stansburiana. Fig. 2. View up Big Creek from Camp no. 2 (see map, pl. 7), 6000 feet altitude, Pine Forest Mountains, Humboldt County, Nevada; July 7, 1909. The trees along the stream are aspens, alders and willows. Arte- misia tridentata is the chief plant on the Big Creek flats. The dark patches on the high ridge are made up of Populus tremuloides. The sage- brush flats are areas of admixture of Transition and Upper Sonoran species, while the animals found along the stream were chiefly Transition in distribution. Sceloporus graciosus, Perognathus parvus olivaceus, and Citellus oregonus were fairly common in the vicinity of this camp. [428] UNIVS CALI ES PUBERZOOE, VOL 7 [TAYLOR] PEATE 8 ae, Ree oy af 7 ne ee *: ® ° ° ° @ : * @ a PLATE 9 Fig. 1. Basin at the head of Big Creek (Camp no. 4, 8000 feet alti- tude—the ridges attain a height of 9000 feet), Pine Forest Mountains, Humboldt County, Nevada; July 1, 1909. Artemisia tridentata is seen in the foreground. The conifers are Pinus flexilis, while the smaller trees and most of the brush-like patches are Populus tremuloides. The animals found here were for the most part Transition species, although the pres- ence of Nucifraga columbiana, Hylocichla ustulata swainsoni, Zonotrichia leucophrys leucophrys, and Sorex palustris navigator indicates an infusion of Boreal elements. Fig. 2. Tract of country at the head of Big Creek (near Camp no. 4, 8000 feet altitude), Pine Forest Mountains, Humboldt County, Nevada; July 29,1909. The peculiar species of meadow mouse, Microtus (Lagurus) intermedius, was found in the Artemisia tridentata shown in the fore- ground, and was discovered nowhere else in the mountains. Immediately back of the sagebrush a line of Populus tremuloides appears, and then a few limber pines (Pinus flexilis). The brush-like vegetation in the back- ground is dwarfed and gnarled Populus tremuloides. Nucifraga columbiana and Colaptes cafer collaris were frequently heard in the pines, and Vermivora celata orestera was noted in the aspens. [430] UNIV GALE PUBE, ZOOL, VOLE 7 [TAYLOR] PLATE 9 PLATE 10 Fig. 1. Meadow at the head of Leonard Creek (8200 feet altitude), and a spur of Duffer Peak (9200 feet), Pine Forest Mountains, Humboldt County, Nevada; July 18, 1909. Artemisia tridentata appears in the fore- ground. The trees on the slopes of Duffer Peak are Pinus flexilis. Oreoscoptes montanus, Spizella breweri, Centrocercus wurophasianus and Sturnella neglecta were noted in the sagebrush at this altitude. Sialia currucoides and Colaptes cafer collaris were observed in the limber pines on the slopes of Duffer Peak. Mammals most in evidence in the general neighborhood were Citellus oregonus and Eutamias pictus. Fig. 2. Alder Creek Lake (7800 feet altitude), Pine Forest Mountains, Humboldt County, Nevada; July 26, 1909. The photograph shows the character of the upper ridges of the western slope of the Pine Forest Moun- tains, and indicates the glacial nature of the high country. Apparently this lake was formed through the damming of a cafion by a moraine. Other moraines are seen intersecting the lake. The scattered character of the timber is noteworthy. The serubby trees on the right-hand side of the lake are Cercocarpus ledifolius, the pines in the foreground being Pinus flexilis. Empidonax wrighti and Penthestes gambeli gambeli were common in the limber pines. [TAYLOR] PLATE 10 PUlsIL, ACMIL, WOE, 7/ UNIV. CALIF, PLATE 11 Fig. 1. A typical stand of limber pines (Pinus flexilis), altitude 9000 feet, Pine Forest Mountains, Humboldt County, Nevada; July 1, 1909. The species of birds seen most commonly in this type of environment were Carpodacus cassini, Colaptes cafer collaris, Empidonax wrighti, and Nucifraga columbiana. Fig. 2. Veratrum californicum on Duffer Peak Meadow (Camp no. 5; 8400 feet altitude), Pine Forest Mountains, Humboldt County, Nevada; July 11, 1909. The conifers at the left are Pinus flexilis. The brush- like vegetation in the background is made up of dwarfed Populus tremu- loides. This was the collecting station having the greatest number of Boreal species. Junco oreganus thurberi, Penthestes gambeli gambeli, Nucifraga columbiana, Zonotrichia leucophrys leucophrys, Microtus mordaz, Zapus princeps oregonus were all taken in the neighborhood. [434] [TAYLOR] PLATE II RUBE ZOOL VO UNIV. CALIF. Inrifee, ny ac mahi PLATE 12 Fig. 1. View of a part of the largest meadow in the mountains; July 18, 1909. This is located at an altitude of 6500 feet on the western slope of the Pine Forest Mountains, Humboldt County, Nevada. Duffer Peak (9400 feet altitude), the highest point in the mountains, appears in the center background. The whitish brush on the slope in the foreground is Artemisia tridentata. The trees on the meadow, and the brush-like patches on the ridges and in the broad basin in the background are Populus tremuloides. Citellus oregonus was extremely numerous on this meadow. A coyote (Canis lestes) was seen here on the afternoon of July 18. Cinclus mexicanus unicolor was observed on Alder Creek both above and below this locality. Fig. 2. Alder Creek (6000 feet altitude, near Camp no. 7), Pine Forest Mountains, Humboldt County, Nevada; July 15, 1909. The trees are, for the most part, Populus tremuloides, all the brush-like patches in the back- ground as well as nearly all the trees along the stream being of this species. Associated with the aspens along the stream are a few willows. The hillsides are clothed with Artemisia tridentata. Zapus princeps oregonus, Putorius cicognani, and Neotoma cinerea occidentalis were taken at this loeality. Citellus oregonus ranged down nearly to it, and Sylvilagus auduboni grangeri invaded the mountains along exposed ridges to a greater altitude than that of this camp. This is a fair illustration of an inter- mingling of lower and higher zonal elements. The locality is on the whole good Transition, at least along the stream. [436] a UMW (GAM es IU: Olle; WANES 7 [TAYLOR] PLATE 12 INDEX* Titles of papers and names of new species in boldface; synonyms in italics. Aecanthis linaria linaria, 27, 83. Acecipter velox, 27, 60, 360. Achillaea millefolium lanulosa, 326, 328, 337, 338. Aconitum columbianum, 328, 329, 338. Actitis macularius, 27, 54, 360. Admiralty island, 26. Aegialitis semipalmata, 27, 55. Aéronautes melanoleucus, 370. Agelaius phoeniceus (subsp. indet.), 334, 382. Agelaius phoeniceus sonoriensis, 382. Alaska, southeastern, birds, 28; their distributon, 151; deserip- tion of localities, 12; faunal areas, 151; mammals, 113; their distribution, 151. Alaska Expedition of 1909, Birds and Mammals of, 9; itinerary, 10. Aleces americanus gigas, 24. Alexander, Annie M., donations, 11, 182, 205. Alexander expeditions: Southeast- ern Alaska, 9; Nevada, 1909, 205. Allium validum, 328, 329, 338. Alnus tenuifolia, 326, 337, 339. Amelanchier alnifolia, 329, 338. Ammospermophilus leueurus leu- curus, 208, 219, 222, 332, 334, 335. Amphibians, Reptiles and Birds, The, of northern Humboldt County, Nevada, 342. Amphispiza bilineata deserticola, 334, 335, 396. nevadensis nevadensis, 334, 335, 397, 398. Anas platyrhynchos, 26, 41, 357. Annette island, 19. * Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., vol. 7. Anser albifrons gambeli, 26. Antelope, American prong-horned, 211. Antilocapra americana, 208, 211. Anthus rubeseens, 28, 104. Antrozous pallidus pallidus, 208, 308, 334, 335. Aphelocoma woodhousei, 334, 378. Aphriza virgata, 27, 55. Aphyllon fasciculatum, 328, 331. Aquila chrysaétos, 365. Aquilegia truncata, 328, 337. Archibuteo lagopus sancti-johan- nis, 27, 62. Ardea herodias fannini, 26, 47, 159. Arenaria melanocephala, 27, 56. Arizona, Two new Owls from, 1. Arnica chamissonis, 328, 331, 338. Arquatella maritima couesi, 27, 50. Artemisia ludoviciana, 323. spinescens, 3238, 337. tridentata, 32a, 620, o2, oot, 338, 350, 414, 428, 430, 4382, 434. Asio flammeus, 27, 64. wilsonianus, 27, 64, 366. Aspens, quaking, 325, 327, 330, 331. Astragalinus psaltria hesperophi- lus, 389. Astur atricapillus striatulus, 27, 61. Atophyrax, 302. Auklet, rhinoceros, 31. Avocet, 360. Badger, American, 296. Bailey, Vernon, 206. Baseanion taeniatum, 335, 353. Bat, Alaska brown, 151. long-legged, 302. pallid, 303. Index Bear, black, 25. island black, 141. brown, 26, 1438. grizzly, 25, 144. Beaver, 19, 158. Pacific, 122. Bibliography, 8, 160, 177, 195, 804, 311, 318, 423. Birds and Mammals of the 1909 Alexander Alaska Expedi- tion, 9. Birds of northern Humboldt Coun- ty, Nevada, 356. Blackbird, Brewer, 386. rusty, 80. yellow-headed, 381. Bluebird, mountain, 112, 421. Bobolink, 380. Boea de Quadra, 18. Bombyeilla cedrorum, 28, 97. Bonasa umbellus umbelloides, 24. Brachyramphus marmoratus, 26, Bo. Bradfield canal, 21. Branta canadensis occidentalis, 26, 46, 159. Bryan, W. A., 183. Bubo virginianus occidentalis, 367. pallescens, 366, 367. saturatus, 27, 65. Buffle-head, 43; comparative abun- dance of sexes, 43. Bufo boreas, 343. nelsoni, 344. lentiginosus, 359. woodhousei, 344. Bunting, lazuli, 404. snow, 83. Bush-tit, lead-colered, 419. Buteo borealis alascensis, 27, 61. ealurus, 364. Calearius lapponicus alascensis, ra Lote Calder bay, 14. Callisaurus ventralis, 353. Callospermophilus, 335, 336. trepidus, 208, 220, 222, 330, 359. Canachites franklini, 27, 58. Canis estor, measurements, 294. lestes, 208, 2938, 295, 330, 336. 436; measurements, 294. ochropus, 295; measurements, 294, pambasileus, 1138, 136. Carpodacus amplus, 186. cassini, 179, 335, 336, 387, 434. clementis, 193. frontalis, 179, 185. megregori, 185, [438] mexicanus frontalis, 3384, 335, 388. purpureus, 179. Castanopsis, 328. Castilleia parvifolia, 326, 337. Castor canadensis leucodontus, 113, 122. Cathartes aura 364. Ceanothus velutinus, 328, 338. Centrocercus urophasianus, 333, 362, 432. Cepphus columba, 26, 33. Cereoearpus ledifolius, 337, 338, 432. Cerorhinea monocerata, 26, 31. Certhia familiaris occidentalis, 28, 105. Ceryle aleyon, 367. caurina, 27, 66. Chaetura vauxi, 27, 73. Charitonetta albeola, 26, 43. Chat, long-tailed, 413. Chen hyperboreus, 26, 45. Chickadee, chestnut-backed, 106. mountain, 418. Chichagof island, 26. Chieckamin river, 20. Chinquapin, 333. Chipmunk, desert, 222. Chondestes grammacus strigatus, 328, 334, 335, 391. Chordeiles virginianus 369. Chrysothamnus nauseosus, 328. viseidiflorus tortifolius, 337. Cinelus mexicanus unicolor, 104, 335, 336, 413, 436. Cireus hudsonius, 27, 59, 364. Citellus beecheyi fisheri, 215. mollis, 208, 216, 217, 218, 222, 322, 334, 335, 428. oregonus, 208, 218, 214, 215, 295, 327, 333, 335, 336, 432, 436. tereticaudus, 218. townsendi, 214. Cladothamnus pyrolaeflorus, 24. Clangula clangula americana, 26, 43. Cnemidophorus tigris, 334, 335, 336, 347, 352, 428. Colaptes auratus luteus, 176. eafer collaris, 176, 367, 430, 482, 434. saturatior, 27, 70, 158. Colymbus auritus, 26, 29. holboelli, 28. Coot, American, 358. Cormorant, pelagic, 38. septentrionalis, 332, hesperis, 28, 999 coos, Index Coronation island, 14. Corvus brachyrhynchos caurinus, 27, 80. corax principalis, 27, 79. sinuatus, 378. Cottontail, Black Hills, 288. Cowbird, Nevada, 380. Coyote, Great Basin, 293. Crane, little brown, 47. Creeper, tawny, 105. Crossbill, Sitka, 81. white-winged, 82. Crotalus, 335. species indet., 355. lueifer, 355. Crotaphytus collaris baileyi, 326, 334, 335, 346. wislizenii, 326, 334, 335, 346, 347, 350, 428. Crow, northwestern, 80. Cryptoglaux acadica scotaea, 27, 65 Cyanocitta stelleri, 158. earlottae, 78. stelleri, 27, 77. Cypseloides niger borealis, 27, 71. Dafila acuta, 26, 42, 357. Dall island, 17. Deer, mule, 208. Sitka, 113. Sitka black-tailed, 158. Dendragapus obsecurus fuliginosus, 27, 56. Dendroica aestiva brewsteri, 324, 334, 336, 409. rubiginosa, 28, 98. auduboni, 173; breeding range, 175. auduboni, 335, 336, 411. eoronata, 173, 175, 411; breed- ing range, 175. hooveri, 28, 99. striata, 24, 28, 100. townsendi, 100. Dipodomys merriami nevadensis, 208, 272, 334, 335; measure- ments, 2738. simiolus, 272; measurements, 273. Dipper, American, 104. northern, 413. Dolichonyx oryzivorus, 380. Dove, mourning, 363. Dowitcher, long-billed, 49. Dryobates pubescens glacialis, 27, 68. villosus harrisi, 27, 66, 3138. picoideus, 67, 313. sitkensis, 315; measurements, Sillife Duck, greater scaup, 42. harlequin, 44. Duke island, 18. Eagle, bald, Alaska, 62. golden, 365. Egg harbor, 15. Elymus pubiflorus, 328. Empidonax difficilis, 27, 76, 158. griseus, 375. hammondi, 374. trailli alnorum, 27 trailli, 374. wrighti, 335, 374, 482, 434. Erethizon epixanthum, 208, 287, 326, 335, 336. couesi, 287. nigrescens, 113, 135. Ereunetes mauri, 27, 53. pusillus, 27, 52. Etolin island, 21. Euphagus earolinus, 27, 80. cyanocephalus, 382, 386. Eutamias palmeri, 223. pictus, 208, 222, 223, 224, 2 226, 324, 329, 330, 334, 336, 410, 428, 432. speciosus 227. Evotomys phaeus, 113, 127. wrangeli, 127. Faleo ecolumbarius’ columbarius, 27, 63. mexicanus, 365. sparverius phalaena, 366. sparverius, 27, 63. Falcon, prairie, 365. Fiber zibethicus spatulatus, 113, 133. Field Notes on Amphibians, Rep- tiles and Birds of Northern Humboldt County, Nevada, 319. Finch, Cassin purple, 329, 387. Flicker, northwestern, 70. red-shafted, 329, 367. Flycatcher, alder, 76. olive-sided, 75, 373. Traill, 374. western, 76. Wright, 374. Fool’s inlet, 21. Forrester island, 17. Freshwater bay, 26. Frog, Pacifie tree, 342. Fulica americana, 358. Gallinago delicata, 26, 48. Game cove, 26. Gavia immer, 26, 29. pacifica, 26, 30. stellata, 26, 30. Geothlypis.trichas occidentalis, 24, 28, 101, 159, 334, 412. 76, 159. , Index tilman, M. French, 38. Goat, mountain, Columbian, 118. Golden-eye, 43. Goldfinch, green-backed, 389. Goose, American white-fronted, 46. snow, 45. white-cheeked, 46. Gopher, pocket, Fisher, 258. Nevada, 262. Goshawk, western, 61. Gravina island, 19. Grayia spinosa, 323, 337. Grebe, Holboell, 28. horned, 29. Grinnell, Joseph, 179, 197, 206, 309. Grosbeak, black-headed, 404. Kadiak pine, 81. Grouse, Franklin, 16, 58. ruffed, 24. sooty, 16, 56. Grus canadensis, 26, 47. Gull, Bonaparte, 36. glaucous-winged, 34. herring, 35. ring-billed, 356. short-billed, 35. Haematopus baechmani, 27, 56. Haliaeétus leucocephalus alasca- nus, 26, 62. Halle Eevee 2: Harelda hyemalis, 26, 44. Hasselborg, Allen E., 10. Hassler harbor, 19. Hassler’s pass, 21. Hawaiian islands, linnet, 179; in- troduction into, 184. Hawk, Alaska red-tailed, 61. American rough-legged, 62. marsh, 59, 364. sharp-shinned, 60, 364. sparrow, American, 63. desert, 366. Hearst, Mrs. Phoebe A., donation, 201. Heeceta island, 16. Helminthophila chrysoptera, 176. cincinnatiensis, 176. lawrenecei, 176. leucobronchialis, 176. pinus, 176. Helodromas solitarius ¢innamo- meus, 27, 5a. Henshaw, H. W., 182, 206. Heron, black-crowned night, 357. northwestern blue, 47. Heteractitis incanus, 26, 54. Hirundo erythrogaster, 406. palmeri, 28, 95. Histrionicus histrionicus, 26, 44. Hollister, N., 12. Humboldt County, Northern, Ne- vada, faunal features, 319; itinerary in, 321; amphibians, 342; mammals, 205; reptiles, 346; birds, 356. Hummingbird, broad-tailed, 370. rufous, 73, 371. Hybrid, An Apparent, in the Genus Dendroica, 173. Hybrid, warbler, 175. Hybridism, 173, 176. Hydrochelidon nigra surinamensis, 356. Hyla regilla, 342, 343. Hylocichla guttata nana, 28, 109. ustulata swainsoni, 328, 329, 335, 336, 337, 420, 430. ustulata, 28, 109. Hypericum formosum, 338. Teteria virens longicauda, 334, 413. Ieterus bulloeki, 332, 334, 385. Iridoproene bicolor, 28, 96, 407. Iris missouriensis, 325, 328, 332, 338. lxoreus naevius, 28, 111. Jackrabbit, Washington, 291. Jay, Steller, 77. Woodhouse, 378. Juneo hyemalis hyemalis, 28, 87. thurberi, 335, 336. oreganus oreganus, 28, 88. thurberi, 395, 4384. Junco, Oregon, 88. Sierra, 395. slate-colored, 87. Kake islands, 13. Kellogg, Miss Louise, 205. Killdeer, 361. Kingbird, eastern, 371. western, 372. Kingfisher, belted, 367. northwestern belted, 66. Kinglet, ruby-crowned, 419. western golden-crowned, 107. Sitka, 108. Klawak passage, 14. Klawak Salt Lake, 16. Kofoid, Charles A., 12, 206. Kosciusko island, 14. Kuiu island, 13, 15. Kupreanof island, 12. Lagopus lagopus, 24. rupestris dixoni, 27, 59. Lanius borealis invietus, 28, 97. ludovicianus exeubitorides, 407. Lark, dusky horned, 376. Larus argentatus, 26, 35. brachyrhynehus, 26, 35. Index — delawarensis, 356. glaucescens, 26, 34. philadelphia, 26, 36. Lepus californicus deserticola, 291. wallawalla, 208, 285, 291, 326, 334, 335, 428. Life-zones of the Pine Forest mountain region, 333; discus- sion, 338. Linnet, The, of the Hawaiian Isl- ands; a Problem in Specia- tion, 179. Linnet, 388, 389; coloration: ac- cording to age, 179; in ecap- tivity, 187; causes, 190; cor- relation of with climatic areas, 193; formation, 188; feather structure, 181; introduction into Hawaiian Islands, 184; molt, 179; nuptial plumage, 180; table of, 193; variation, 180, 188. Linnet, California, 179, 180, 181, 182, 188, 189. Hawaiian, 188, 191, color-characters, 194. Lizard, Bailey, 346. brown-shouldered, 348. desert horned, 351. whip-tailed, 352. mountain, 349. rock, 350. Lobipes lobatus, 26, 48, 358. Longspur, Alaska, 84. Loon, common, 29. Pacifie, 30. red-throated, 30. Loxia americana sitkensis, 27, leucoptera, 27, 82. ‘Lunda ecirrhata, 26, 31. Lupinus laxiflorus, 327. Lutra canadensis periclyzomae, 113, 138: Lutreola vison nesolestes, 113 ,139. Lynx baileyi, 208, 293. Macrorhamphus griseus ceus, 27, 49. Mahogany, mountain, 324, 333. Magpie, American, 77, 377. Mailliard, Joseph, donation, 199. Mallard, 41, 357. Mammals of the Alexander Ne- vada Expedtion of 1909, 205. Mammals, method of measurement, 206; breeding season, definite periods, 207. Marila affinis, 42. marila, 26, 42. Marmot, hoary, 120. Vancouver Island, 201. 194; its 81. seolopa- [441] Yukon, 208. Marmota ealigata, 113, 120. engelhardti, 211. flaviventer, 208, 211, 336. ochracea, 201, 203. vancouverensis, 201, 202. Marmots, Two New Species of, from Northwestern America, 201. Marten, Queen Charlotte, 139. Marten Arm, 18. Meadowlark, western, 384. Meadow-mouse, Drummond, 128. Coronation Island, 131. Olympic, 129. Melospiza lincolni gracilis, 28, 91. melodia caurina, 28, 90. heermanni, 197. mailliardi, 197, 198. maxiillaris, 197, 198. montana, 199, 334, 33 rufina, 28, 89. saltonis, 198. samuelis, 198. Mentzelia albicaulis 323. Merganser, American, 39. red-breasted, 40. Mergus americanus, 26, 39. serrator, 26, 40. Merriam, C. Hart, 12, 206. Miecrotus coronarius, 113, 131, 158. eurtatus, 253; measurements, 255. drummondi, 24, 1138, 128. intermedius, 257, 336. Miecrotus (Lagurus), 335. intermedius, 208, 253, 430; measurements, 255. macrurus, 113, 129. mordax, 208, 251, 257, 326, 329, 330, 333, 330, 306, 337, 339, 434; measurements, 252. 6, 399. pallidus, 253; measurements, 255. pauperrimus 253; measure- ’ ) ments, 255. Miller, L. H., 184, 187. Mimus polyglottos leucopterus, 414. Mink island, 139. Mitkof island, 22. Mockingbird, 414. Modesto Song Sparrow, The, 197. Molothrus ater artemisiae, 334, 380. Moose, 24. Moreom, G. Frean, 7. Mouse, canon, 235. Dall Lemming, 134. harvest, desert, 237. Index Jumping, Alaska, 135. Stikine, 135. Blue Mountains, 281. Meadow, cantankerous, 251. intermediate short-tailed, 253. Pocket, Great Basin, 274. Nevada, 279. red-baecked, dark-colored, 127. short-tailed grasshopper, 228. white-footed, 228. Rhoads white-footed, 123. Osgood white-footed, 124. Sitka white-footed, 126. Murre, California, 34. Murrelet, ancient, 32. marbled, 33. Muskrat, northwest, 1338. Mustela nesophila, 113, 139. Mutation, possibility of, in birds, 176. Myiochanes richardsoni soni, 27, 75, 336, 373. Myotis lucifugus alascensis, 113, richard- longicrus, 208, 302, 330, 335, 336. Nannus hiemalis pacificus, 28, 104. Neosorex, 302. Neotoma cinerea cinerea, 249. occidentalis, 208, 249, 331, 333, 339, 436. desertorum, measurements, 248. nevadensis, 208, 248, 248, 326, Bon, B04, oode Nettion carolinense, 26, 42, 357. Nevada, Alexander expedition of 1909, 205; field notes on northern Humboldt County, 39. Nighthawk, Pacific, 369. Nucifraga columbiana, 331, 337, 379, 430, 434. Nuteracker, Clarke, 329, 330, 379. Nuthatch, red-breasted, 106, 418. Nuttallornis borealis, 27, 74, 378. Nyecticorax nycticorax naevius, 357. Odocoileus columbianus sitkensis, iis} ar, alae} hemionus, 208, 336. Oidemia americana, 26, 44. deglandi, 26, 45. perspicillata, 26, 45. Old-squaw, 44. Onychomys brevicaudus, 208, 228, 326, 334, 335, 428. Oporornis formosa, 176. tolmiei, 28, 101, 335, 336, 412. Oreamnos montanus columbianus, Ils, bitsy 330, 333, 335 , [442] Oreortyx picta plumifera, 335, 336, 361. Oreoscoptes montanus, 324, 333, 334, 336, 413, 414, 432. Oreospiza chlorura, 335, 336, 402. Oriole, Bullock, 385. Osgood, Wilfred H., 206. Osprey, American, 64. Otocoris alpestris merrilli, 376. Otter, 19, 158. Island, 138. Otus asio gilmani, 1, 2. Owl, burrowing, 367. horned, dusky, 65. western, 366. long-eared, 366. American long-eared, 64. saw-whet, northwest, 65. sereech, Sahaura, 1. short-eared, 64. spotted, Arizona, 1, 3. Owls, Two New, from Arizona, with Description of the Juve- nal Plumage of Strix occiden- talis occidentalis (Xantus), il Oyster-catcher, black, 56. Oxyechus vociferus, 361. Pandion haliaétus carolinensis, 64. Passer domesticus, 388, 405. Passereulus sandwichensis alaudi- nus, 390. nevadensis, 334, 390. sandwichensis, 27, 84. savanna, 27, 85. Passerella iliaca insularis, 28, 98. schistacea, 335, 336, 400. townsendi, 28. Passerina amoena, 334, 336, 404. Pelidna alpina sakhalina, 27, 52. Penthestes gambeli gambeli, 335, 336, 418, 432, 434. rufescens rufescens, 28, 106. Pentstemon ceconfertus caeruleo- purpureus, 328, 331. Perodipus columbianus, 267; mea- surements, 268. mierops levipes, 208, 267, 305, 428; measurements, 269, 270. Perognathus nevadensis, 208, 280, 334, 335. parvus magruderensis, 275, mollipilosus, 275, 278. olivaceus, 208, 274, 275, 278, 324, 833, 3384, 336, 428; measurements, 276, 277. parvus, 275. 324, 9 = aly, 326, 268, 279, 278. al Index Peromyscus erinitus, 208, 285, 329, 334, 335, 338; measure- ments, 236: maniculatus hylaeus, 118, 124, 157; distribution, 156. macrorhinus, 113, 123, distribution, 156. sonoriensis, 208, 228, 329, 330, 336, 428; breeding data: males, 234; females, 235; measurements, 230, 231. sitkensis, 113, 126, 157; distri- bution, 156. Petrochelidon lunifrons lunifrons, 405. Pewee, western wood, 75, 373. Phalacrocorax pelagicus, 26, 38. Phalaenoptilus nuttalli nuttalli, 369. Phalarope, northern, 48, 358. Wilson, 359. Phoebe, 326. Say, 373. Phrynosoma platyrhinos, 326, 332, 334, 335, 351. Piea pica hudsonia, 27, 77, 377. Picoides americanus americanus, 27, 69. Pigeon guillemot, 33. Pine Forest mountain region, life- zones, 333; discussion, 338. Pine, limber, 482, 434. Pinicola enucleator flammula, 27, 81. Pintail, 42, 357. Pinus flexilis, 324, 329, 331, 338, 430, 432, 434. Pipilo maculatus arcticus, 310. curtatus, 309, 311, 334, 336, 401. megalonyx, 309, 310, 311, 401. montanus, 309, 310, 311. Pipit, American, 104. Piranga ludoviciana, 28, 95, 159, 405. Pisobia bairdi, 27. maculata, 27. L573 : minutilla, 27, 51. Pituophis catenifer deserticola, 335, 354. Planesticus migratorius caurinus, 28, 110. propinquus, 336, 420. Plectrophenax nivalis nivalis, 27, 83. Poa buckleyana, 3238, 337. Poecetes gramineus confinis, 384, 389. Poor-will, Nuttall, 369. Populus balsamifera, ooo tremuloides, 325, 326, 337, 339, 443] 428, 480, 434, 436. tremuloides, 325, 326, 337, 339, 428, 430, 434, 436. Poreupine, 287. dusky, 135. Port MeArthur, 15. Port MeLean, 18. Port Protection, 14. Port St. John, 22. Port Snettisham, 23. Portage Cove, 20. Porzana carolina, 358. Preble, E. A., 12, 206. Prince of Wales island, 14, 16. Prunus demissa, 329, 338. Psaltriparus minimus californicus, 419. plumbeus, 334, 419. Ptarmigan, Dixon rock, 59. willow, 24. Puffin, tufted, 31. Putorius arizonensis, 299, 335, 336, 337. cicognani, 208, 262, 298, 331, 335, 336, 337, 436. alasecensis, 113, 140. muri¢cus, 298. xanthogenys, 300. Quail, plumed, 361. Querquedula cyanoptera, 357. Racer, striped, 353. Radicula sinuata, 323. Rail, Sora, 358. Rat, kangaroo, Nevada, 272. Panamint, 267. wood, Nevada, 2438. western bushy-tailed, 249. Rattlesnake, 355. Raven, northern, 79. western, 378. Reeurvirostra americana, 360. Redpoll, 83. Red-tail, western, 330, 364. Red-wing, 382. Regulus calendula calendula, 419. grinnelli, 28, 108. satrapa olivaceus, 28, 107. 208, 262, Reithrodontomys klamathensis, 238, 239, 240; measurements, 241. megalotis deserti, 208, 237, 238, 239, 240, 333, 334, 335, 338; measurements, 238, 239, 241. longicauda, 2389; measure- ments, 241. megalotis, 239, 240. Reptiles of northern Humboldt County, Nevada, 346. Revillagigedo island, 20, 21. Ribes aureum, 323. cereum, 328, 329, 338. Index Richardson, Jr., Charles H., 205. Ridgway, R., 3, 314. Riparia riparia, 28, 96. Robin, northwestern, 110. western, 326, 329, 420. Rocky bay, 17. Rosa blanda, 323. Sagebrush, 324, 332, 350. Sage hen, 362, 363. Salix fluviatilis exigua, 323. Salpinetes obsoletus obsoletus, 416. San Alberto bay, 16. Sandpiper, Aleutian, 50; Baird, 51; least, 51; pectoral, 50; red- backed, 52; semi-palmated, 52; spotted, 54, 360; western, 53; western solitary, 53. Sapsucker, red-breasted, 69. Sarecobatus vermiculatus, 3238, 337. Sayornis sayus, 373. Scahiopus hammondi, 345. Sceloporus biseriatus, 326, 334, 335, 346, 349, 350. graciosus, 324, 335, 347, 349, 350, 428. Sciuropterus alpinus zaphaeus, 113, 121. Sciurus hudsonius petulans, 120. vancouverensis, 113, 118. Scoter, American, 45. surf, 45. white-winged, 45. Selasphorus platyeereus, 335, 336, 370. PUUS sey ened Shakan, 14. Shrew, long-tailed, 150. navigator, 301. Streator, 150. Shrike, Alaska, 97. white-rumped, 407. Sialia currucoides, 24, 28, 112, 335, 336, 421, 482. Siskin, pine, 83, 389. Sisymbrium canescens, 328, 338. Sitta canadensis, 28, 106, 418. Snake, garter, wandering, 354. gopher, desert, 354. Snipe, Wilson, 48. Snyder, J. O., 12. Sorex obseurus, 158. glacialis, 158. longicauda, 113, 150, 158. palustris navigator, 208, 329, 335, 336, 337, 430. personatus streatori, 113, 150. Spadefoot, western, 345. Sparrow, black-throated, 326. Brewer, 331, 393, 394, 396, 397, 416. 301, [444 ] chipping, western, 331, 393. desert, 396. English, 389, 405. Forbush, 91. fox, 416. Kadiak fox, 98. thick-billed fox, 329. slate-colored fox, 400. golden-crowned, 86. intermediate, 86. lark, western, 391. sage, 333, 396, 398. Nevada sage, 397. Savannah, 85. Aleutian Savannah, 84. Nevada Savannah, 390. western Savannah, 390. song, Modesto, 196. Montana, 399. sooty, 89. Yakutat, 90. tree, western, 87. Townsend, 93. vesper, 333. western vesper, 389. white-crowned, 330, 331, 338, 355, 392. Speciation, problem in, 179. Speotyto cunicularia hypogaea, 367. Sphyrapicus varius ruber, 27, 69, 158. Spinus pinus, 27, 88, 335, 336, 389. Spizella breweri, 333, 334, 336, 393, 394, 395, 397, 398, 432. monticola ochracea, 28, 87. passerina arizonae, 336, 393. Squatarola squatarola, 27, 55. Squirrel, ground, antelope, 219. Nevada golden-mantled, 220. Oregon, 213, 331. Piute, 216. Osgood flying, 121. Vancouver island, 118. Steganopus tricolor, 359. Stelgidopteryx serripennis, 407. Sterna paradisaea, 26, 38. Strix occidentalis, 6. eaurina, 8. huachucae, 3, 5, 8. occidentalis, 8. Sturnella neglecta, 384, 432. Suemez island, 17. Swallow, bank, 96. barn, American, 406. western, 95. eliff, 405. northern violet-green, 96, 407. rough-winged, 407. tree, 96, 407. Index Swarth, Harry §%., 1, 9, 201, 313. Swift, black, 71. / white-throated, 370. Sylvilagus nuttalli grangeri, 208, 288, 291, 331, 334, 428, 436. nuttalli, 288, 291. pinetis, 288. Synaptomys dalli, 118, 135. Synthliboramphus antiquus, 26, 32. Syrnium occidentale, 5. Tachycineta thalassina lepida, 28, 96, 335, 407. Taku river, 24. Tanager, western, 95, 405. Taraxacum officinale, 323. Tattler, wandering, 54. Taxidea taxus, 208, 296, 334, 428. neglecta, 296. Taylor, Walter P., 173, 205, 319. Teal, cinnamon, 357. green-winged, 42, 357. Telmatodytes palustris _ plesius, 417. Tern, arctic, 38. black, 356. Tetradymia spinosa, 328, 337. Thamnophis vagrans, 324, 336, 354. Thomas bay, 23. Thomomys fuscus fisheri, 208, 258, 266, 328; measurements, 259, 260. nevadensis, 208, 261, 262, 266, 396, 332, 334, 335; measure- ments, 263, 265. Thrasher, sage, 413, 415, 416. Three-mile arm, 13. Thrush, hermit, dwarf, 109. olive-backed, 331, 420. russet-backed, 109, 329. varied, 111. Toad, mountain, 348. Rocky Mountain, 344. Torrey, H. B., 192. Totanus flavipes, 53. melanoleueus, 27, 53. Towhee, New Spotted, from the Great Basin, Description of, 309. Towhee, green-tailed, 327, 329, 33 Soc, bos.) 202, 4:16. Nevada, 309, 401. Troglodytes aédon parkmani, 417. Turnstone, black, 56. Tyrannus tyrannus, 3384, 371, 372. verticalis, 332, 334, 372. Uria troille californica, 26, 34. Ursus americanus pugnax, 113, 141. emmonsi, 146, 147. sitkensis, 26. Uta stansburiana, 326, 334, 335, 348, 428. Veratrum californicum, 325, 328, 329, 338, 434. Vermivora celata celata, 28, 97. lutescens, 28, 98. orestera, 335, 336, 409, 430. Vicia americana, 328, 337. Vireo, western warbling, 331, 408. Vireosylva gilva swainsoni, 827, 304, 408. Vulture, turkey, 364. Warbler, Audubon, 329, 3380, 411. blaekpoll, 100. hybrid, 175. lutescent, 98. Oberholser lutescent, 409. MacGillivray, 412. myrtle, 173. Alaska myrtle, 99, 411. orange-crowned, 97. pileolated, 108, 4138. Tolmie, 101. Townsend, 100. yellow, Alaska, 98. California, 410. Warren island, 16. Waxwing, cedar, 97. Weasel, Alaska, 140. mountain, 299. Wild eat, 293. Wilsonia pusilla pileolata, 28, 1038, 4138. Wolf, Alaska timber, 136. Wolverine, 19. Wood pewee, western, 326. Woodehuek, yellow-bellied, 211. Woodpecker, Description of a New Hairy, from Southeast- ern Alaska, 313. Woodpecker, hairy, Sitka, 315. Harris, 66. three-toed, American, 69. Valdez downy, 68. Wrangell island, 21. Wren, house, western, 417. marsh, western, 417. rock, common, 329, 416. winter, western, 104. Xanthoecephalus xanthocephalus, 334, 381, 382. Yellow-legs, 53. greater, 53. Yellowthroat, western, 101, 412. Zamelodia melanocephala, 403. Index Zapus hudsonius alascensis, 113, 339, 484, 486; measurements, 135. 282, 283. major, 281, 285; measurements, saltator, 24, 113, 135. 282, 284. trinotatus, 285. montanus, 285. Zarembo island, 22. nevadensis, 285. Zenaidura macroura carolinensis, orarius, 285. BOON a0bs pacificus, 285. Zonotrichia coronata, 27, 86. prineceps oregonus, 208, 281, leucophrys gambeli, 27, 86. 285, 286, 329, 330, 331, 335, leucophrys, 328, 329, 335, 336, 337, 355, 392, 430, 434. [446 ] UNIV ERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS— (Continued) 6. Two New Rodents from Movade, by Walter ¥ Taylor. Pp. 288-302. platos 27-29. ve A Northern Coast Form of the California Gray Fox, by Joseph Dixon. Pp. 303-305. Nos: 6 and 7 in one cover. February, 1910........... FS PRS BE td EN 8. Lwo Heretofore Unnamed Wrens of the Genus Thryomanes, by Joseph Grinnell. Pp. 307-309. 9. Rie ood hoc Sparrow of “ Great Basin, by Joseph Grinnell. . Pp. - 10. A Second Record of the Spotted Bat. (Euderma maculatum) for Call- « fornia, by Joseph Grinnell, Pp. 317-320, plate. 30: Nos. 8, 9, and 10 in one cover: February, 1910.-2...-..c.2.00 11, Mammals of the 1908 Alexander Alaska Expedition, with Descriptions of the Localities Visited and Notes on the Flora of the Prince Wil- liam Sound Region, by Edmund Heller. Pp. 321-360, plates 21-32. 12. Birds of the 1908 Alexande Alaska Expedition, with a Note on the Avifaunal Relationships of the Prince William Sound District, by Joseph Grinnell.. Pp. 361-428, plates 33-34, 9 text-figures, Nos, 11 and 12 in one cover, March, BAY) St Ripeaiiee aoa to epee arc Index, pp. 429-440, Vol. 6. 1. (XXIII) On the Weight of. Developing Eggs. Part it ‘The Possible a Significance of Such Investigations, by William E. Ritter; Part I, Practicability of the Determinations, by Samuel E. Bailey. Pp. 1-10. WGtONEE, 10S eer roe ar Ne Oe ee ee ah a 2. (XXIV) The Leptomedusae of the San Diego Region, by Harry Beal Torrey. Pp. 11-31, with text figures. February, 1909 « CEB Tse (XXV) The Ophiurans of the San Diego Region, by J. F ‘McClen- don. Pp. 33-64, plates 1-6. . July, 1909.22. ec engea centers (XXVI) Halocynthia johnsoni n.sp.: A comprehensive inquiry as to the extent of.law and are that prevails in a single animal species, eo n cae ee x ES @ @ wa S @ tl oO a a> * we iS) Ree S i} a i ca oS r= ot i= @ 85 Q oe BS caf g December, 1 Eph et lied ee BUG ES SORRC OIEASS rae Bae FUR Sedat ON SE MDA PE Sep Mlhegeeeen cb : 6, The Life Tire of Soars pe Dutton & Toda, by Edward Hindle, Pp. 127-144, plates 15-17, 1 text-figure. December, i We 75 2 Nie nas SER ie eager Metra BOR asd Sip esate RG Bley AGN leis EA, Paes OLDS ALS) PNG tpl 7. (XXVITT) A Quantitative Study. of the Development of. the Salpa Chain in Salpa fusiformis-runcinata, by Myrtle Elizabeth Johnson. Pps 1d5-470; Maree 1010: oie aS SS eae Sains hs Shak uae cc adateehy nomena : 8. A Kevision of the Genus Ceratocorys,; Based on Skeletal Morphology, by Charles Atwood Kofoid, Pp, 177-187.. May, 1910 ..-2 0.0 . 9. (XXIX) Preliminary Report on the Hydrographic Work Carried on by the Marine Biological Station of San Diego, by George F. McEwen. Pp. 189-204; text-figure and map. May, 1910 con... oie ccesc ccc cee 10.. (XXX) Biological Studies .on Corymorpha.. IIT. Regeneration of Hy- dranth and Holdfast, by Harry Beal Torrey. Pp. 205-221; 16 text- figures. 11. (XXXI) Note on Geotropism in Corymerpha, by Harry. Beal Torrey. Pp. 223-224; 1 text-figure. Nos. 10 and 11 in-one’cover. August, 1910 2.0.00. 12. ‘The Cyclostomatous Bryozoa of the West, Coast. of North America, by - Alice Robertson. Pp. 225-284; plates 18-25. December, 1910.......... ch 18. Significance of White Markings in Birds of the Order Passeriformes, by Henry Chester Tracy. Pp. 285-312. December, 1910......:............. 14. (XXXITI) Third Report on the Copepoda of the San Diego Region, by Calvin Olin Bsterly.. Pp. 318-352; plates 26-32. February, 1911 ...... 15, The Genus Gyrocotyle, and Its Significance for Problems of Cestode Structure and Phylogeny, by Edna Earl Watson. Pp. 353-468; plates + 5 agBO Gr Mes bp i HRM pare Zen Sect AM ne ee Oruame NY RERSORL GPs pei Ruse oe UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS— (Continued) Vol...7... (Contributions from the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology.) , i “1. Two New Owls from Arizona, with Description of the Juvenal Plum- age of Striz occidentalis occidentalis (Xantus), by Harry 8S. Swarth. Bees Pp 1B e EY LOL Oe a Sd ea a acy a not Tae 7 La 2. Birds and Mammals of the 1909 ‘Alexander Alaska Expedition, | ‘by tna Harry S. Swarth. Pp. 9-172; plates 1-6; 8 text-figures. January,1911. 1.60 3. An Apparent Hybrid in’ the Genus Dendroica, by Walter P, Taylor. PP: VIS-UL a ):ECOLEALY RON he a ee ae ke 1 05 4. The Linnet of the, Hawaiian Islands: a Problem in Speciation, by W) Joseph Grinnell. Pp. 179-195. February, 1911 2.0.0 15 5, The Modesto, Song Sparrow, by Joseph Grinnell. Pp. 197-199. Peb- B15 op pie ak Ca Bs a a at SR cP aso EDDA a CU we Ni tl OSU RMR Ne Richey 05 6. Two New Species of Marmots from Northwestern America, by H. s. ti, Swarth: ‘Pp;'201-204./ February, 1Qi) wi -05 7, Mammals of the Alexander Nevada Expedition of 1909, by Walter P. Taylors bp, :2O5-SO7. Games LOL re a ea eee ucay nue ueeett ee eae 1.00 » 8. Description of a New Spotted Towhee from. the Great Basin, by J... Grinnell Pp, 809-817," August TOI! oes eos 05 9, Description of a New Hairy Woodpecker from Southeastern ‘Alaska, by yy hae: HS) Swarth, .Pp.<3iS-318, October, 1911 2. OBS 10. Field Notes on Amphibians, Reptiles and Birds of Northern Humboldt AS es | County, Nevada, with a Discussion of Some of the Faunal Features . Sak ‘of the Region, by Walter P. pn bance Pp. 319-436, plates: 712, Pebrnay, 1988 0 ee a ed es te tN a) eo foray ee 1.00 Vol. 8 1. The. Vertical Distribution of dalanids elongatus in the San Dies Ds, Region during 1909; by Calvin O. Esterly. Pp. 1-7... May, 1911...... \ 10 2. New and Rare Fishes from Southern California, by Edwin Chapin - Starks and William M. Mann. Pp. ‘9-19, 2 text-figures: July, 1911 .10 © . Classification and Vertical Distribution of the Chaetognatha of the San Diego Region, Including Redescriptions of Some Doubtful Species of « the Group, by Ellis L. Michael. Pp. 21-186, pls. 1-8.. December, 1911 1.75. . Dinoflagellata of the San Diego Region, IV. The Genus Gonyaulax, with’: Notes on Its Skeletal Morphology and a Discussion of Its Generic and Specific Characters, by Charles Atwood Kofoid. Pp. 187-286, plates 9-17. . On the Skeletal Morphology of Gonyaulaz catenata (Levander), by Charles Atwood Kofoid. Pp. 287-294, plate 18. 6. Dinoflagellata of the San Diego Region, V. On Spiraulaz, a New Genus of the Peridinida, by Charles Atwood Kofoid. Pp. 295-300, plate 19.. Nos. 4, 5, and 6 in one cover; September, 1911 —-......00.00..2 ne “1.50 7. Notes on Some Cephalopods in the Collection of the University of Cal- ifornia, by 8S. S. Berry. Pp. 301-310, plates 20-21. September, 1911 10 8. On a Self-closing Plankton Net for Horizontal Towing, by Charles At- wood Kofoid. Pp. 311-348, plates 22-25. 9. On an Improved Form of Self-closing Water-bucket for Plankton In- vestigations, by Charles Atwood Kofoid. Pp. 349-352. Nos. 8 and 9 in one cover. November 18, 1921 2000....0.0-te 40. Vol. 9. 1. The Horned Lizards of California and Nevada of the Genera Phrynd- soma and Anota, by Harold C. Bryant. Pp. 1-84, pls, 1-9. December, on ps 2 CaO ROMER ( OineIe ERE U RTT Teas cami as sar nt aOMUP SMe BHR NUE Mei V i chapery A te aa | ek 2, On a’ Lymphoid Structure Lying Over the Myelencephalon of Lepisos-. . °*) teus, by Asa C, Chandler. Pp. 85-104, plates 10-12. December, 1911 © .25 Vol: 10. (Contributions from the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology.) 4. Report on a Collection of Birds and Mammals from Vancouver Island, | os rs on by Harry 8. Swarth. Pp. 1-124, plates 1-4 22-2 “2.00 2, A New Cony from the Vicinity of Mount Whitney, by Joseph Grinnell. Pp. 125-129. Jamuary,’.1912 ets ke ee eee 05. vA it TENG Se Oo oe Ble OO pace iw | iL | ae) 7. oT a la vy ih) my 7 -— 7 ri Fae OR eA. as oA yj | | om 9088 01257 4117